Epson Epic 880 100 88002 Users Manual INSERT OEM INTEGRATION

100-88002 to the manual 13729159-67e4-4c62-9a00-1a7f0cfc48ad

2015-01-23

: Epson Epson-Epic-880-100-88002-Users-Manual-251512 epson-epic-880-100-88002-users-manual-251512 epson pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 282

DownloadEpson Epson-Epic-880-100-88002-Users-Manual 100-88002 INSERT-EPIC 880 OEM INTEGRATION MANUAL
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
OEM Integration Manual

P/N 100-88002
Rev B, February 2009

Change History
Rev A
Rev B

Page ii

Initial Release
Style and formatting update
Added USB Watch dog
Added several internal code pages.

100-88002 Rev B

Jan 2009
Feb 2009

Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency
Interference Statement

The Epic 880TM Printer complies with the limits for a Class A computing device in
accordance with the specifications in Part 15 of FCC rules. These regulations are
designed to minimize radio frequency interference during installation; however, there
is no guarantee that radio or television interference will not occur during any particular
installation. Interference can be determined by turning the equipment off and on while
the radio or television is on. If the printer causes interference to radio or television
reception, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
1. Reorient the radio or television receiving antenna
2. Relocate the printer with respect to the receiver
3. Plug the printer and receiver into different circuits
If necessary, the user should consult their dealer or an experienced radio/television
technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet
prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful: How to Identify and
Resolve Radio/TV Interference Problems. This booklet is available from the US
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Ask for stock number 004-00000345-4.

Canadian Department of Communications Radio
Interference Statement

The Epic 880TM Printer does not exceed Class A limits for radio noise emissions from
digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian
Department of Communications.

Regulatory Compliance
FCC Class B
CE Mark
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO. 60950-1
EN55022
EN55024
ROHS

100-88002 Rev B

Page iii

Disclaimer
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONS RECEIVING THIS DOCUMENT:
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. No part of this
document may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of
TransAct Technologies, Inc. ("TransAct"). This document is the property of and
contains information that is both confidential and proprietary to TransAct. Recipient
shall not disclose any portion of this document to any third party.
TRANSACT DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES INCURRED,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR
DISCREPANCIES IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
TransAct cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other
manufacturers, and referred to in this publication, do not affect the applicability of
information in this publication.

Copyright
© 2008, 2009 TransAct Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.
Revision Level B
February 2009
Printed in USA

Trademarks
Some of the product names mentioned herein are used for identification purposes
only and may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
BANKjet, 50Plus, Insta-Load, Ithaca, “Made to Order. Built to Last”, Magnetec, PcOS,
POSjet, PowerPocket and TransAct are registered trademarks and Epic 880TM, FlexZone, Import, ithaColor, iTherm, KITCHENjet, Momentum, QDT and TicketBurst are
trademarks of TransAct Technologies, Inc.

Page iv

100-88002 Rev B

Table of Contents
Change History ............................................................................................................. ii
Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement ...... iii
Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Statement .................. iii
Regulatory Compliance ............................................................................................... iii
Disclaimer .................................................................................................................... iv
Copyright ..................................................................................................................... iv
Trademarks ................................................................................................................. iv
Table of Contents ......................................................................................................... v
Figures.......................................................................................................................... x
Tables ........................................................................................................................... x
TM

Introducing your Epic 880
®

TM

Printer .............. 1

About your TransAct Epic 880 Printer ..................................................................... 3
Who Should Read This Guide? .................................................................................... 4
What Is Included in This Guide? ................................................................................... 4
Technical and Sales Support ........................................................................................ 5
On-line Technical Support ....................................................................................... 5
Telephone Technical Support .................................................................................. 5
Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies ................................................ 6
Service Programs .................................................................................................... 6
Sales Support .......................................................................................................... 6
Contact Information ................................................................................................. 7
TM

Epic 880
TM

Specifications and Requirements . 9

Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements ............................................................. 11
Standard Features ...................................................................................................... 11
Optional Features ....................................................................................................... 12
General Specifications................................................................................................ 13
Printer Dimensions ................................................................................................ 13
Weight.................................................................................................................... 13
Interface Type ........................................................................................................ 14
Printer Type ........................................................................................................... 14
Printer Environmental Conditions .......................................................................... 14
Reliability ............................................................................................................... 14
AC Power Requirements ....................................................................................... 15
DC Power Requirements ....................................................................................... 15
Power connector .................................................................................................... 17
Test Standards ...................................................................................................... 17
Accoustic Noise: .................................................................................................... 17
Printing Specifications ................................................................................................ 18
Paper Roll Specifications............................................................................................ 18
Auto Cutter Position.................................................................................................... 18
Paper Out ................................................................................................................... 18
Communications Interface .......................................................................................... 19
RS232 Serial Communications Interface ............................................................... 19
USB Interface ........................................................................................................ 20

Operational Procedures .............................. 23

Operational Procedures.............................................................................................. 25
How to Operate the Epic 880TM Printer ....................................................................... 25
Indicator Lights (LED) ................................................................................................. 25

100-88002 Rev B

Page v

The FEED button ........................................................................................................ 25
The Diagnostics/Config button ................................................................................... 27
Using Self-Test ...................................................................................................... 28
Level 0 Diagnostics ................................................................................................ 30
Boot Loader Mode ................................................................................................. 30
Printer Status LED’s............................................................................................... 31
Auto Error Recovery .............................................................................................. 32
Loading Paper ............................................................................................................ 34
Cleaning the Print Head ............................................................................................. 34
TM

Configuring Your Epic 880

Printer ............ 37

Configuration Mode Overview .................................................................................... 39
Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities ....................................................... 39
How to Change Configuration Settings ...................................................................... 39
Entering into Configuration Mode .......................................................................... 39
Setting up for Color Paper .......................................................................................... 40
Custom Color ......................................................................................................... 40
Remote Configuration................................................................................................. 40
Remote Boot Load...................................................................................................... 40
Field Configuration Feature ........................................................................................ 41

Mounting Requirements .............................. 43

Mounting Requirements ............................................................................................. 45
Bezel Mounting Specifications ............................................................................... 46
Spindle Mounting Options .......................................................................................... 47
45˚ Up Spindle Mounting ....................................................................................... 47
Straight Back Spindle Mounting ............................................................................. 48
45˚Down Spindle Mounting .................................................................................... 48
Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting ................................................................ 49
Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting ................................................................... 50
Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting .................................................................... 50
Retract Opening ......................................................................................................... 51

Printer Sensors ........................................... 53

Printer Sensors ........................................................................................................... 55
Paper Out Sensor .................................................................................................. 55
Cover-Open Switch ................................................................................................ 55
Top-of-Form Sensor .............................................................................................. 55
Paper Low Sensor ................................................................................................. 56
Anti-Jam Sensor .................................................................................................... 56
Transport Ticket Taken Sensor.............................................................................. 56
Transport Ticket Retract Sensor ............................................................................ 57

Electrical Connections ................................. 59

Communications Interface .......................................................................................... 61
Cable connection locations......................................................................................... 62
Printer Block Diagram................................................................................................. 63

Control Codes.............................................. 65
Control Codes Overview............................................................................................. 67
Nomenclature ............................................................................................................. 67
Standard Emulation ............................................................................................... 68
IPCL Codes ........................................................................................................... 68
Other Emulations ................................................................................................... 68

Page vi

100-88002 Rev B

Application Development ............................................................................................ 68
TransAct Control Codes and Commands ................................................................... 68
PcOS Printer Control Codes .................................................................................. 68
Quick PcOS Reference Chart ................................................................................ 70
Low Level Paper Motion Control ............................................................................ 76
Horizontal Motion Control ...................................................................................... 77
Vertical Motion Control .......................................................................................... 79
Feed to Black Dot .................................................................................................. 86
Character Pitch ...................................................................................................... 88
Character Font ....................................................................................................... 93
Character Sets and Code Pages ........................................................................... 94
Double-Byte and Multi-Byte Code Page Description Files ..................................... 96
Code Page Selection ............................................................................................. 96
Page Mode .......................................................................................................... 106
Graphic Mode ...................................................................................................... 115
Graphics Compression ........................................................................................ 120
Simple Raster Graphics ....................................................................................... 121
User Store (Graphic Save and Macros) ............................................................... 122
Legacy User Macros ............................................................................................ 129
Bar Codes ............................................................................................................ 131
Electronic Journal ................................................................................................ 141
Transport Control ................................................................................................. 152
Miscellaneous Control ......................................................................................... 154
Remote Power Control......................................................................................... 160
Documented Extended Control commands ......................................................... 161
Printer Status ....................................................................................................... 162
Inquire Commands .............................................................................................. 163
Double Level Loader ................................................................................................ 177
Entering Field Boot Load Mode. .......................................................................... 177
TM

Epic 880

Color Graphics ......................... 179

Printing Graphics ...................................................................................................... 181
Character Graphics .............................................................................................. 181
APA Graphics ...................................................................................................... 182
Epic 880TM Universal Color Graphics ....................................................................... 183
Print File Graphics ............................................................................................... 184
Store Graphics in the printer: ............................................................................... 184
How universal color graphics is done .................................................................. 185
How to use IPCL commands in text strings ......................................................... 186
Cautions ............................................................................................................... 186
Universal Graphics Command Descriptions ........................................................ 187
Bitmapped File Graphic Support .............................................................................. 189
Epic 880TM Coupon-Cut-Logo Feature ..................................................................... 190

Unicode and Fonts .................................... 191
Fonts......................................................................................................................... 193
Character Generation .......................................................................................... 193
Internal Fonts ....................................................................................................... 196
Custom Fonts ...................................................................................................... 196
Stacked or Linked fonts ....................................................................................... 197
Font Storage ........................................................................................................ 197
Bitmap Fonts ........................................................................................................ 199

100-88002 Rev B

Page vii

Unicode .................................................................................................................... 202
Unicode Encoding ................................................................................................ 202
File system and the POR.INI file .............................................................................. 204
Font Size and Spacing ............................................................................................. 210
Font Size and Spacing command interactions..................................................... 211
Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed ........................................................... 217
User Defined Characters ..................................................................................... 217
Dynamic Code Page Definition ............................................................................ 217

File System ............................................... 219

File System Interface ................................................................................................ 221
File System Commands ....................................................................................... 221
TM

Epic 880

Extended Printer Control ......... 227

Remote Printer Reset ............................................................................................... 232
Reset in Serial Mode............................................................................................ 232
Miscellaneous Communication Features.................................................................. 233
Power-cycle Recovery ......................................................................................... 233
Off-line Control..................................................................................................... 233
Remote Boot Load Mode ..................................................................................... 234
USB Recovery Watch Dog................................................................................... 235
Recovery from Mechanical Errors ............................................................................ 237
TM

Epic 880

Programmers Notes ................. 239

General Notes .......................................................................................................... 241
What Drivers Are Needed ......................................................................................... 241
Definitions ............................................................................................................ 241
Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface? ........................ 241
Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port? ........................... 242
Are you using OPOS (UnifiedPOS/UPOS)? ........................................................ 242
Do you want to print from a Windows application? .............................................. 242
Windows Printer Driver ........................................................................................ 243
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 243
GDI ........................................................................................................................... 243
OPOS driver ........................................................................................................ 244
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 244
USB driver: .......................................................................................................... 245
POSPrinter Activex Control (POSPrinter OCX): .................................................. 246
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 246

Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses 247
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 249
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
................................................................. 254
Appendix D: Typical Code Page Definition . 261
Appendix E: Internal Code Pages .............. 263
Appendix F: ASCII Code Table................... 265
Appendix G: Ordering Supplies ................. 266
Index .......................................................... 267
Page viii

100-88002 Rev B

100-88002 Rev B

Page ix

Figures
Figure 1. Epic 880TM Printer........................................................................................ 11
Figure 2. Epic 880TM Dimensions. .............................................................................. 13
Figure 3. Temperature and Humidity Ranges............................................................. 14
Figure 4. Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics/CONFIG buttons and indicator
lights. ................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 5. Location of Diagnostics/Config Button. ....................................................... 27
Figure 6. Auto-feeding a Paper Roll. .......................................................................... 34
Figure 7. Startup message in Field Configuration mode. ........................................... 41
Figure 8. Sample pre-loaded configuration. ............................................................... 42
Figure 9. Epic 880TM Mounting Locations ................................................................... 45
Figure 10. Bezel Mounting and Hardware Requirements ........................................... 46
Figure 11. 45˚ Up Spindle Location ............................................................................ 47
Figure 12. Straight Back Spindle Location ................................................................. 48
Figure 13. Angle Down Spindle Location ................................................................... 48
Figure 14. Straight Down Center Spindle Location..................................................... 49
Figure 15. Straight Down Rear Spindle Location........................................................ 50
Figure 16. Retract Opening. ....................................................................................... 51
Figure 17. Dimensions for Retract Opening. .............................................................. 52
Figure 18. Sensor Breakdown and Locations. ............................................................ 55
Figure 19. Transport Ticket Taken Sensor. ................................................................ 56
Figure 20. Transport Ticket Retract Sensor................................................................ 57
Figure 21. Communication PCB Location and Connector Info. .................................. 61
Figure 22 Power and RS232 Left hand Exit ............................................................... 62
Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit ................................................................... 62
Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations ................................................................. 106
Figure 25 Page mode set printable area .................................................................. 110
Figure 26 Default Page mode printed area............................................................... 110
Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed area.............................................................. 111
Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding ..................................................... 133
Figure 29 Expanded Function Coding ...................................................................... 134
Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding Values ...................................................................... 136
Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics ............................................................... 181
Figure 32 Windows Driver ........................................................................................ 243
Figure 33 OPOS (UPOS) Driver ............................................................................... 244
Figure 34 USB Driver ............................................................................................... 245
Figure 35 POSPrinter OCX ...................................................................................... 246

Tables
Table 1. Input Power Requirements ........................................................................... 16
Table 2 Serial Interface Pin-outs ................................................................................ 19
Table 3 Character Pitch .............................................................................................. 91
Table 4 Inter-character Spacing ................................................................................. 92
Table 5 Language Table ID’s ..................................................................................... 97
Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix ................................................................ 98
Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands ........................................................................... 156
Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands ........................................................................... 157
Page x

100-88002 Rev B

Table 9. Possible Character Pitches ........................................................................ 195
Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI ............................................................ 196
Table 11 Character Pitch .......................................................................................... 217

100-88002 Rev B

Page xi

Chapter 1
Introducing your Epic 880TM Printer

100-88002 Rev B

Page 1

This page intentionally left blank

Page 2

100-88002 Rev B

Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer

About your TransAct® Epic 880TM Printer
The TransAct® Epic 880TM printer represents the very latest technology for use
for thermal receipt printing, specifically designed for the needs of gaming and
kiosk applications. It builds upon the architecture of TransAct’s proven thermal
printers, together with a host of features specifically designed to improve the
performance of your receipt printing applications, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Integrated printer mechanism/main controller PCB architecture
Paper roll bracket/spindle allowing paper roll to be mounted behind or
below printer mechanism
High-speed (6 inches per second) thermal receipt printing
Barcode printing capabilities.
Up to six (6) inch (152 mm) diameter paper roll
Long-life ticket cutter
Standard variable length presenter capable of handling from 63.5 to 254
mm. (2.5 -10 inches) length tickets
Stroke-based fonts capable of supporting Asian and Latin characters
Standard ticket retract feature
Standard illuminated bezel assembly (Translucent blue)

These features and more let you quickly and easily integrate reliable ticket
printing in your gaming and kiosk applications, while giving you the quality,
durability and uptime you have come to expect from TransAct® printers.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 3

Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer

Who Should Read This Guide?
This document provides information useful to original equipment
manufacturers (OEM) who will integrate the Epic 880TM printer into their
products.

What Is Included in This Guide?
This Integration Manual includes information on the mechanical, electrical and
command language requirements of the Epic 880TM printer. It provides the
following information to support your integration efforts:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Warranty and technical support information.
Specifications and functionality description.
Mounting requirements and mounting locations.
Power and interface connections.
Operational procedures.
Programming information, including documentation of low-level and highlevel command interfaces, as well as sample scripts to guide your own
implementation efforts.

We want you to have a trouble-free implementation with your TransAct®
printer. For any issues not covered in this guide, quality technical support is
available on-line at www.transact-tech.com, or by telephone or fax – consult
the following pages for more details about our support services.

Page 4

100-88002 Rev B

Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer

Technical and Sales Support
Your printer is backed by the resources of TransAct Technologies, a global
technology firm with dedicated technical support and sales assistance. Here is
how we can help you:

On-line Technical Support
Our web site at www.transact-tech.com is your on-line portal to obtaining
technical assistance with your TransAct® printer. Click on the Technical
Support link to find support information for your printer. Our on-line support
site also includes a convenient e-mail assistance request form, where you can
submit support requests 24 hours a day, and receive a return contact from a
TransAct support technician during regular business hours.

Telephone Technical Support
Live telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 8 AM to 5 PM
local time, excluding holidays. We can provide general information about
programming for your Epic 880TM printer, technical support, documentation, or
assistance in sending a printer for service. To obtain telephone support,
contact the number below for your region and ask for Technical Support.
United States: 1.877.7ITHACA (1.877.748.4222), Fax: 607.257.3911
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA): 011-44-170-977-2500, Fax: 011-44170-977-2505
To help us serve you faster, please have the following information ready when
you call:
•
•
•
•
•

The Model Number and Serial Number of the printer.
A list of any other peripheral devices attached to the same port as the
printer.
What application software, operating system, and network (if any) you are
using.
What happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred.
How you tried to solve the problem.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 5

Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer

Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies
If a support technician determines that the printer should be serviced at a
TransAct facility, and you want to return the printer for repair, we will issue you
the Returned Materials Authorization (RMA) number that is required before
returning the printer. Repairs are warranted for 90 days from the date of repair
or for the balance of the original warranty period, whichever is greater. Please
prepare the printer being returned for repair as follows:
•
•
•
•

Pack the printer to be returned in the original packing material.
Packing material may be purchased from TransAct's Ithaca Facility.
Do not return any accessories unless asked to do so by a support
technician.
Write the RMA number clearly on the outside of the box.

Service Programs
TransAct Technologies Incorporated has a full service organization to meet
your printer service and repair requirements. If your printer needs service,
please contact your service provider first. If any problems still persist, you can
directly contact the Technical Support department at the numbers listed above
for a return authorization. Customers outside the United States and United
Kingdom should contact your distributor for services. TransAct offers the
following service programs to meet your needs.
•
•
•
•

Extended Warranty.
Depot Repair.
Maintenance Contract.
Internet Support.

Sales Support
To order supplies, receive information about other Ithaca products, or obtain
information about your warranty, contact our Sales Department at the contact
telephone or fax numbers listed below. To receive information on International
distribution, visit our web site at www.transact-tech.com.

Page 6

100-88002 Rev B

Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer

Contact Information
TransAct Technologies Incorporated
Ithaca Facility
20 Bomax Drive
Ithaca, NY 14850 USA
TransAct Technologies
World Gaming Headquarters
& Western Regional Repair Center
6700 Paradise Road
Suite D
Las Vegas, NV 89119 USA
Telephone
Main fax
Sales fax
Technical Support fax
Web site

877.7ithaca or 607.257.8901
607.257.8922
607.257.3868
607.257.3911
www.transact-tech.com

Western United States: 877.822.8923, Fax: 702.254.7796
United Kingdom: 011-44-170-977-2500, Fax: 011-44-170-977-2505

100-88002 Rev B

Page 7

Chapter 2
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

100-88002 Rev B

Page 9

This page intentionally left blank

Page 10

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Figure 1. Epic 880TM Printer.

Standard Features
The following features are standard for Epic 880TM printers:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Integrated printer mechanism/main controller PCB architecture
Variable length presenter, capable of handling from 63.5 to 254 mm. (2.5 -10
inches) length tickets
Full-cut auto-cutter module as part of printer mechanism
Minimum 150 mm (6.0”)/second print speed (monochrome black text)
203 dpi print resolution (8 dots/mm.)
Special print scalable to 8x with reverse, underscore, italic, and bold print
44/57 characters per line for 80 mm paper width
Face-up print orientation
ASCII and Unicode character encoding
Ladder and fence barcode printing supporting UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN13, EAN8,
Code39, ITF, CODABAR, Code93, Code 128, Code31, and Interleaved 2 of 5
Serial RS232C and USB interfaces built into main controller PCB
Selectable baud rates

100-88002 Rev B

Page 11

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Drivers for Windows XP and XPe
4 MB minimum flash memory and 8 MB RAM
Ithaca command set emulation
Power: 24 VDC
Power Connector: 4 pin Molex
Paper Out, Paper Cover-Open, Paper Low, Top-Of-Form, Jam Detection,
Transport Ticket Taken, Head Temperature, and Ticket Retract sensors
Ticket retract feature
Power and error LED(s)
Paper feed button
Easy paper loading
Portrait or landscape printing under Windows
Internal counters to track number of hours on, cuts completed, lines fed, and error
conditions
Capable of handling a 152 mm. (6.0 inch) diameter, 82.5mm. wide paper roll
Compliant with RoHS (Restriction on Hazardous Substances)
Bezel assembly with LEDs (translucent blue)

Optional Features
The following options are available:
•
•
•
•
•

Page 12

80mm paper guide
Lower paper guide
Additional or custom fonts or character sets.
Custom emulations (Epson, Custom)
Universal power supply (100-240 VAC, 47-63 Hz)

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

General Specifications

3.39” (86.13mm)

6.04” (153.62 mm)

4.70” (119.28mm)
Figure 2. Epic 880TM Dimensions.

Printer Dimensions
Max Dimensions

Dimensions
inches
Dimensions
millimeters

W

D (w/out paper)

D (with paper guide
and w/out paper)

H

in

4.77

6.05

7.02

3.48

in

121.2

153.7

178.2

88.4

(fully assembled as single unit)

Weight
Approximate weight

4 lb

1.8 Kg

100-88002 Rev B

Page 13

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Interface Type
Bi-directional serial RS-232 or USB

Printer Type
Fixed 80 mm linear thermal head.

Figure 3. Temperature and Humidity Ranges.

Printer Environmental Conditions
Operating Temperature Range:
Shipping/Storage Temperature Range:
Operating Humidity Range:
Shipping/Storage Humidity Range:
paper)

5º - 50ºC (41ºF - 122ºF)
–10º - 50ºC (14ºF - 122ºF)
10% - 90% non-condensing
10% - 90% non-condensing (excluding

Reliability
Printer Life:
Print Head Life:
Cutter Life:

Page 14

10,000,000 print lines
100Km. min.
1,000,000 cuts (POS Grade)
750,000 cuts (Lottery grade)

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

AC Power Requirements
90-264 VAC at 47-63 Hz.

DC Power Requirements
Thermal printers require high peak currents based on how many print elements are
being used and how often. High density printing requires much more current than low
density printing. High density printing in the horizontal axis will put extreme peak
loads on the power supply. These high peak currents can cause power supplies to
sag, roll back or even shut down. A power supply with an average rating sufficient to
meet the average printer requirements many not be sufficient to meet the peak
requirements. The power supply selection is critical to proper printer operation.
Typical power supplies are designed to provide a continuous well regulated voltage at
an average current that does not fluctuate too much and will typically have a wattage
rating based on that average current. A power supply suitable for the Epic 880TM
could have a wattage rating of 48 watts but unless it can provide peak currents of 8
amps (192 watts) and maintain 24VDC output, it will not function properly.
Some power supplies are designed to provide multiple voltages. These power
supplies typically provide a logic supply voltage that requires close regulation. The
other voltages are not as well regulated or have post regulation. In this case when
the 24 volt output is required to provide high peak currents, the circuitry within the
power supply must maintain the logic voltage and the 24 volt supply will sag. In some
cased the high peak load will actually shut down the complete supply.
Thermal printing has specific power requirements to develop the thermal paper. The
Epic 880TM printer monitors the incoming voltage and will increase its current
requirements if the voltage is low. The printer will adjust the print element burn time
and that will resulting in increased average current requirements. Input voltage
ranges from about 20 to 27 volts can be accommodated by the Epic 880TM. If the
input voltage is outside the acceptable range, the printer will issue a fault and will not
function.
A suitable power supply for a thermal printer will provide a constant voltage over a
wide range of loads with a low average current requirement.
Consider the following when selecting or designing a power supply for the Epic 880.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

It must be able to provide quick response to step loads
Current will range widely with peaks at least 4 times the average
Load requirements for the power supply are as shown in the table below.
Consider a dedicated power supply for the printer.
If the printer is expected to print dense graphics, increase the average and
continuous current requirements by at least 25%.
6) Use power cables that are as short as possible and use adequate wire size based
on the cable length. Typically AWG 18 is the minimum wire size provided the
length is less than 3 ft (1 m).
7) Make sure the power supply uses a low ESR capacitor of at least 2200uF and
preferably larger in the output circuit.
100-88002 Rev B

Page 15

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

8) When the printer prepares to print, it will activate the print head power and charge
a bulk capacitor attached to the print head. This current spike can be up to 15
amps for up to 200uS depending on the charge state of the capacitor.
9) Make sure the power supply specification includes any bezel current
requirements.
10) Consider that the frame ground and the 24V return are connected together in the
printer.
11) Use connectors in the power interconnect that are rated for the maximum average
current.
Voltage

24VDC ±8.5%

Under all line, load and
environmental
conditions
Load Current

0A min
1.87A continuous
3.5A continuous - 1 minute maximum.
8A peak load 23.38% duty cycle 2ms period .1A/us slew rate
200 ms maximum
NOTE: This load current does not include the optional Bezel
drive requirement.

Max. Ripple

240mv p-p

Over voltage Protection

< 30V

Over current Protection

Output equipped with auto restart short circuit protection
< 7amps when tshort >10ms
Table 1. Input Power Requirements

Page 16

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Power connector

Note: Power may be applied through the 14 pin connector. See the Communications
Interface section for more information.
Note: The 24V RTN and FRAME pins are connected inside the printer.

Test Standards
CE MARK (1998)
FCC CLASS B
EN 60950-1
IEC 60950 (1991) Second Edition with Amendments 1,2,3,4
ROHH/WEEE

Accoustic Noise:
58 dbA average (sound pressure level) while printing a rolling ASCII format.
Microphone positions are at 10 different positions spaced around the printer as
defined in ISO 779.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 17

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Printing Specifications
Printing method:
Vertical/Horizontal dot pitch:
Resolution:
Line feed pitch:
Print zone (typical)
Print speed (monochrome):
Number of print elements:

Thermal Sensitive Line Dot System
0.125 mm.
8 dots per mm (203 DPI)
3.2 mm. (.125 inches)
80 mm (3.15 inches)
6 inches per second
640 dots in-line

Paper Roll Specifications
Paper Type:
Paper Width:

One ply thermal paper
79.5 +/- .05 mm (3.13 +/- .02 inches)
or 82.0 +/- 0.5 mm. (3.23 +/- .02 inches)
Paper Thickness
0.076 mm to 0.09 mm (.0022 to .0035 in.) thick
Roll Diameter:
152 mm (6.0 in.)
Roll Core Inside Diameter:
.445 to .635 inches
Roll Core Outside Diameter:
.730 to .860 inches
Paper Grades
:
POS and Lottery grades
Paper Usage Precautions:
Use only specified thermal paper. If other paper is used, print quality, head life, and
cutter life may deteriorate. Contact TransAct customer service for approved papers.

Auto Cutter Position

A full cut auto-cutter is a standard feature with all TransAct® Epic 880TM printers.
Cutter type
Guillotine
Media width
82.5 mm. (3.25 inches)
Media thickness range 0.0022 to 0.0035 inch
Cut to line of print
0.38 inch
Cutter life
1,000,000 cuts (POS grade)
750,000 cuts (Lottery grade)
Cut time:
Less than 750 milliseconds

Paper Out
A receipt paper out sensor is provided as a standard feature, which senses when
approximately .5 inches length of paper is left on the paper roll.

Page 18

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

Communications Interface
RS232 Serial Communications Interface
The RS232 Serial interface connector is a 14 position Molex Minifit Jr®., part number
39-30-1140, which mates with Molex part number 39-01-2140 or equivalent.

14-pin

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Direction

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

IN

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

IN

Description
No connect
Data Set Ready
No connect
Clear to Send

Pin 5

-

Signal Ground

Pin 6

-

+24V

Pin 7

-

Signal Ground

Pin 8

-

+24V

Pin 9

-

No connect

Pin 10

-

Frame Ground

Pin 11

IN

Receive Data

Pin 12

OUT

Transmit Data

Pin 13

OUT

Data Terminal Ready

Pin 14

OUT

Request to Send

Table 2 Serial Interface Pin-outs

Signal Voltage and Current levels
The serial interface meets EIA RS232 interface specifications:
Voltage Levels
Mark = Off =
Space = On =

Max
Min
-3 to –15 Volts
+3 to +15 Volts

+-15 Volts
+- 3 Volts

Note: Power may be applied through this connector or the 4 pin power connector.
See the DC Power Requirements section for 24 volt power requirements.
Note: GND is the 24V return.
Note: FGND and GND are connected in the printer.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 19

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

USB Interface
The USB interface supports USB Version 2.0 High speed or full speed. The standard
USB interface is implemented through a standard Series “B” receptacle as defined in
the USB Specification. The printer is self-powered and does not draw power from the
standard type B USB interface cable.
The Standard USB Type B connector has the following pin functions:
Pin Signal

1 Vbus (+5 V dc1) (This is used to select between Interfaces)
2 Minus data
3 Plus data
4 Ground
Note: The standard USB interface does not have enough power to run the printer. It
is not possible to power the printer with the USB cable alone.
USB Configuration
To allow the application to use a virtual serial port or a USB printer port to interact with
the printer, the EPIC 880TM supports both ports, and can be configured to support a
Virtual COM port or a USB Printer device. The USB section of the configuration
allows USB Mode, USB Enumeration, and whether the printer will perform a normal
Windows plug and play operation to be configured. The default is printer port, use
description, with Windows PnP on.
You should configure these options based on how you want the printer to perform in
your system. Typically only the Virtual COM or USB printer driver is required: to load
the Transact Virtual COM port driver, disable the USB printer port. Typically you can
use the description as the enumeration ID, representing how the printer is uniquely
identified to the host. If you select a description, all Epic 880’s will be the same, and
you can interchange printers without affecting the port location, subject to the
limitation that no more than one Epic 880 can be connected to the same host. If that
is a requirement, select ID by serial number or allow the ID number to be assigned by
windows based on the connection.
You can also disable the Windows PnP sequence. This will prevent the Windows
system from receiving the printer driver selection sequence. This will allow you to
manually assign a driver to the USB printer connection and not have Windows keep
asking for a printer driver.
The adapter will support a high speed USB interface if the host also supports high
speed. If the host does not support high speed the printer will revert to full speed. It
is possible to disable high speed operation by setting a configuration option. The
printer does not support the USB low speed protocol.

1

The Vbus signal is used to disable the serial port. If the USB is connected the RS232 serial
port is not active.
Page 20

100-88002 Rev B

Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements

The most reliable USB interface is as a USB printing device. The Virtual COM driver
is an added layer of code that allows legacy software to believe it is interacting with a
serial port. Note that a limitation of serial communications port virtualization is that
each version of windows is slightly different, and not all RS232 features are
supported: only features such as receive, transmit and ready/busy are supported,
while other features such as on hook, off hook, ring, and break are not supported.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 21

Chapter 3
Operational Procedures

100-88002 Rev B

Page 23

This page intentionally left blank

Page 24

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

Operational Procedures
How to Operate the Epic 880TM Printer
Your Epic 880TM printer contains two buttons (FEED and CONFIG) and four (LED)
indicator lights: Paper, Ready, Fault, and Open. These are located on a panel on the
right-hand side of the printer.

Figure 4. Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics/CONFIG buttons and indicator lights.

Indicator Lights (LED)
The four Epic 880TM indicator lights are:
•
•
•
•

Paper LED
Ready LED
Fault LED
Open LED

Indicates paper status (paper low or out)
Indicates printer activity and non-recoverable errors
Indicates problems and probability of recovery
Indicates the cover is open

The FEED button
The FEED button will provide various functions, depending upon how long it is
pressed.
Pressing this button will provide one of three functions. The function is timedependent, and the display indicators will change to indicate the next mode, as
follows:

100-88002 Rev B

Page 25

Operational Procedures

•

The feed button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the Feed
button, the printer will feed about 5 inches of paper while printing the printer
firmware version. This is intended to clear the printer and align the next ticket for
print.

•

By pressing and holding the feed button for a longer time, two additional features
may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will
enter journal maintenance mode.

•

Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode.

To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the
button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected. After about 2 seconds the
Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate. This indicates that
Journal mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate
indicating configuration mode is selected

Page 26

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

The Diagnostics/Config button
The printer has a configuration and diagnostics button on the right side of the printer,
labeled CONFIG.

Diagnostics/Config Button

FEED Button

Figure 5. Location of Diagnostics/Config Button.

The Diagnostics/Config button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing
the Diagnostics/Config button, the printer will enter self test mode. This is intended to
verify the printer’s operation.
By pressing and holding the Diagnostics/Config button for a longer time, two
additional features may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two
seconds will enter hex dump mode. Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter
configuration mode.
To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the
button is pressed and indicates that self test is selected. After about 2 seconds the
Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate. This indicates that hexdump mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate
indicating configuration mode is selected

100-88002 Rev B

Page 27

Operational Procedures

Using Self-Test
Self-Test Mode allows you to perform a series of tests to show if the printer is
functioning correctly.
To enter self test, momentarily press2 the Diagnostics/Config button on the side of the
printer.
The Epic 880TM has several Self-Test options. Some are designed to be useful when
performing on-site print evaluations. Others are designed for factory setup by
TransAct.
Once in test mode, the FEED button is used to select the test to be run.
Testing the printer
Use the first three TEST options when verifying basic printer operation. The last three
options are for factory test.
Operation –Ticket Print

The receipt test is the primary test option to use when determining if the printer is
functioning correctly.
The ticket test is mostly used during the early stages of troubleshooting, to eliminate
the possibility that the problem is occurring with the printer. If the printer experiences
a failure, and the error indicator light is activated, call TransAct’s Technical Support
department.
Operation – Head Test

This test performs a test pattern that will print all the head print elements and verify
that the drive roll is free from defects or debris. The print head has two heating
elements per dot position. A print element is not considered bad unless both
elements are missing. If the head test shows that there is an inconsistency in the
print there may be debris on the drive roll. If debris is indicated, cleaning the drive roll
should correct the problem. If this does not correct the problem, contact TransAct’s
Technical Support department.
Operation – Marker Calibration

The printer is equipped with several sensors in the paper path, which are adjustable
and will handle a wide range of paper under normal operation. However, if there
appear to be problems associated with any sensor’s operation, the Marker Calibration
test will attempt to adjust the sensors for optional operation with the paper installed.
The Top-of-Form, Paper Out and Jam sensors will be recalibrated. To run this test,
2

The Diagnostics/Config button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the
Diagnostics/Config button, the printer will enter self test. By pressing and holding the
Diagnostics/Config button for a longer time, two additional features may be activated: pressing
and holding the button for about two seconds will enter hex dump mode, and holding the
button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode,
the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is
selected. After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will
illuminate, indicating that hex dump is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will
illuminate, indicating that configuration mode is selected.
Page 28

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

simply select it. The printer will automatically position the paper and adjust the
sensors. If the paper installed does not have black dot markings, the Top-of-Form
sensor will be adjusted based on the white level of the paper only.
Factory Test
The printer is equipped with several factory test modes. These test options are only
used for factory burn-in and testing.
Operation – Continuous
Operation – Burn-in
Operation – Rolling ASCII

100-88002 Rev B

Page 29

Operational Procedures

Level 0 Diagnostics
Level 0 diagnostics are only run at power up, e.g. when power is first applied. These
diagnostics perform the following tasks:
Power On
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Basic System Integrity
Vector Integrity
RAM Test
Flash Boot Loader Integrity
Flash Firmware Integrity (NOTE: If the firmware is corrupted, the printer will remain in boot load.)
USB Controller Diagnostics and verify.
Start Normal Firmware
Verify Configuration Integrity
Interface Configuration
File System Integrity
Start Kernel, Verify Multitasking, Start Tasks

Once the kernel is running, the following tests must pass to allow operation. However, if any
test fails (except the knife home test), the remaining tests will generate recoverable faults and
normal operation will start as soon as the fault is cleared. These tests are also run when
operation is resumed from OFF.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Cover Closed Check
Knife Home
Paper Present
Clear Paper Path.
Place Printer On-line, Start Normal Operation

The first phase of testing consists of step 1-5, and determines that the boot loader is
accurate and the printer firmware is correct. Tests 1 through 4 produce nonrecoverable errors if they fail, in which case the power must be removed from the
printer and the printer returned for service. If the boot loader is intact, but the main
firmware is corrupted, the printer automatically enters boot loader mode, where the
firmware can then be reloaded into the printer.

Boot Loader Mode
The boot loader may be entered during normal operation through special commands.
Normal boot load operation is by manually starting boot load mode. Boot loader mode
can be entered in one of three ways: (1) when Level 0 Diagnostics finds that the
firmware check (also known as a cyclical redundancy check, or CRC) is bad, (2)
manually, or (3) through the use of a special boot load command.
To manually enter the boot loader, hold the Diagnostics button in the side of the
printer while the power is applied. The FAULT Indicator comes on, and the READY
indicator blinks. At this time, the firmware boot program is operating and the boot
load file may be sent to the printer. When the printer receives the boot load file, the
printer will automatically restart if the firmware load was successful. If the load fails,
the printer will remain in boot load mode. If the load fails, reset the printer by removing
the power and restarting it, and then try again.
Note: In this download mode, the printer will only accept data on the serial port. A
second level loader, described in more detail in the command section of the Epic
880TM OEM Integration Manual, supports the USB interface.
Page 30

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

Note: In rare cases, it may be required to load the firmware twice. The Epic 880TM
contains a flash file system. The complete flash image is sometimes distributed as
part of a firmware update. If the file system image is not compatible with the previous
firmware configuration, the new firmware may need to reformat the file system. If this
occurs, the firmware will have to be reloaded after the flash is reformatted. The
indications that this is happening will be an excessively long startup after a firmware
update after which the printer will not print: tickets are presented, however only
graphics are printed, and fonts will be missing. In this case it is important that the
reformat be allowed to complete, as it can take up to 30 seconds to reformat the
entire flash system.

Printer Status LED’s
The Epic 880TM printer has four indicator lights to indicate various operating states of
the printer. In general these are Fault, Cover Open, Paper Status, and Ready.
The printer may be in normal operation, self test or in one of two boot load modes.
The Ready and Fault indicators will indicate which mode by a unique blink pattern:
TransAct Boot Load Mode
In TransAct Boot Load Mode, the power LED will blink slowly with a 50% duty cycle.
It will repeat this cycle about every 2 seconds (1 Sec on, 1 Sec off). There will be a
red indication on the Error LED indicator until the down load is started.
Self Test Mode
When the printer is in Self Test Mode, the power indicator will blink slowly with a 50%
duty cycle at a 2 second rate. This is very similar to TransAct Boot Load Mode,
however, the red error indicator will not be present.
Normal Operation
During Normal operation, the Power LED will remain on unless an error is being
indicated. There are two classes of errors, soft errors and hard errors. Soft errors are
recoverable without power cycling the printer; conversely, recovering from hard errors
requires removing the power from the printer, correcting the problem, and then
reapplying power.
Status

LED response

Power On, Printer Ready

Ready LED on (Not Blinking)

Paper Low

Paper LED Blinking

Soft Errors
Soft errors may be recovered by the host, or by opening and closing the printer cover.
Each of these errors is indicated by a 5 second repeating blink pattern on the Power
LED with the red Fault LED continuously on.
Out of Paper
Cover Open3
3

2 Blinks
4 Blinks

Paper LED will also be on.

The printer may be configured to beep if the cover is open.
100-88002 Rev B

Page 31

Operational Procedures

Jam Detected
Missed Top of Form
Illegal or Bad Command
Printer Over Temp
Bad Power

5 Blinks
6 Blinks
7 Blinks
8 Blinks
8 Blinks

Paper LED will blink fast.
Paper LED will blink fast.
Fault LED will blink slow.
Fault LED will blink fast.

Hard Errors
Hard errors have a similar blink pattern to soft errors, except that they are slower and
repeat every 10 seconds. In general, these errors occur during level 0 diagnostics
and are not recoverable. In these cases, the Error and Power LEDs will blink at the
same time.
EEPROM read fault
EEPROM write fault
Error Vector Taken
Knife Error
User Store Format Error
User Data Store Error
Flash Read/Write Error
Memory Error
Com Adapter
Kernel Fault
File system Fault

2 Blinks
3 Blinks
4 Blinks
5 Blinks
7 Blinks
8 Blinks
9 Blinks
12 Blinks
14 Blinks
15 Blinks
16 Blinks

Auto Error Recovery
The Epic 880TM printer has the ability to auto recover from some internal errors.
Flash Format Errors
The internal flash that is used to store graphic images is formatted to assure data
integrity. If this format is corrupted, the printer will automatically delete and reformat
the flash. The host can then reload the images.
Input Power Fault
The printer monitors the power input to the printer. If it is found to be greater than 26
volts or less than 20, the printer will stop and wait for the power to return to
specification.
Head Temperature Fault
The printer monitors the head temperature. If the head temperature is greater than
60º C, the printer will start to slow down. If the head exceeds 65º C, the printer will
stop. The printer will heat the head to maintain a head temperature of 25º C. If the
printer cannot maintain a head temperature of 0º C, the printer will stop. In all cases,
the printer will automatically recover when the head temperature is within range.
Configuration Fault Recovery
The printer maintains an operating configuration in EEPROM. Information such as the
printer’s serial number, operating configuration, and running totals are stored in this
memory. Each section of this memory maintains a check character to signal that the
data is valid. If this memory is found to be corrupted, the printer will restore it based
on a backup copy saved in flash. This flash copy is generated when the printer was

Page 32

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

electronically configured using the TransAct® configuration tool. Any configuration
parameters altered during normal operation will not be saved in the flash copy. The
EEPROM will be restored to the value set by the configuration program.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 33

Operational Procedures

Loading Paper
The Epic 880 printer uses a continuous roll of POS or Lottery grade thermal paper,
with specifications outlined in the chapter Epic 880TM Specifications and
Requirements.

Figure 6. Auto-feeding a Paper Roll.

Instructions for auto-feeding the paper are as follows:
1. Place a roll of new paper on the spindle, with the end of the paper unloading from
the back to the front of the printer, as shown in the figure.
2. Thread the free end of the paper under the top cover as shown.
3. Push the end of the paper forward until it engages the Paper Out sensor, located
under the center of the top cover.
4. Paper will feed automatically, and then print and eject a test ticket.

Cleaning the Print Head
Once the unit is opened, the paper path is accessible for cleaning or clearing paper.
Use a soft brush to clean the paper dust from inside the printer. The paper dust
should also be removed from the sensor optics. If streaking on the printed ticket is
evident, the thermal print head may need to be cleaned. This can be with a cotton
swab moistened with an alcohol solvent (ethanol, methanol, IPA).

Page 34

100-88002 Rev B

Operational Procedures

Warning: After printing, the print head can be very hot. Be
careful not to touch it and let it cool down before you clean it.
Do not damage the print head by touching it with your fingers or
any hard object.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 35

Chapter 4
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer

100-88002 Rev B

Page 37

This page intentionally left blank

Page 38

100-88002 Rev B

Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer

Configuration Mode Overview

There are two ways to configure the Epic 880TM printer: the first is to use the manual
configuration sequence by using the CONFIG and FEED key, and the second is to
use TransAct’s remote configuration software. TransAct Technologies offers the use
of a remote CONFIG program as a fast, easy way for system integrators to configure
or reconfigure your Epic 880TM printer. To obtain more information, or the latest
version of the CONFIG program, call TransAct’s Sales Department or Technical
Support.

Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities
•
•

Emulation
RS-232 Serial Interface (baud rate)

How to Change Configuration Settings
Entering into Configuration Mode
1) Press the CONFIG4 button for approximately 4 seconds.
2) Select configuration mode.
3) Follow the printed instructions.
• Press and hold the FEED button for the next option.
• Press and Release the FEED button to change the option.
• Power cycle to exit without changing.
• Press CONFIG to save and Exit
After you enter Configuration Mode, the printer will print the current configuration, the
current totals and the error logs, if any. Save this printout as a guide to changing the
configuration. It’s also useful in case you wish to return the printer to the previous
configuration.
Each emulation may have different configurable features. If you are changing the
emulation, note that the printout that was printed at the beginning of the configuration
process may be incorrect for the new emulation, and the configurable features may be
different. If you are using this printout as a configuration guide, and you are changing
the emulation, you may wish to save the new emulation and then re-enter
Configuration Mode to change other options. This will print all the available features
for the new emulation.

4 The CONFIG button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the CONFIG
button, the printer will enter self test. By pressing and holding the CONFIG button for a longer
time, two additional features may be activated: pressing and holding the button for about two
seconds will enter hex dump mode, and holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter
configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Error LED will illuminate as soon
as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is selected. After about 2 seconds the Error
LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate, indicating that hex dump is selected.
After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate, indicating that configuration mode is
selected.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 39

Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer

Setting up for Color Paper
The Epic 880TM may be configured to print two color thermal paper. For good print
quality, the printer should be configured to print the paper being used. If the paper you
are using is included in the list of papers displayed during printer configuration, that
configuration should be used. If not, the printer should be set to Generic Color. If this
does not produce acceptable print quality, you may select Custom Color.

Custom Color
When using Custom Color, start with a read setting of about 0.12 mJ/sq.mm and a
black energy of 0.24 mJ/sq.mm. First, adjust the black level to produce acceptable
black print.
DO NOT EXCEED 0.40 mJ/sq.mm, or the paper may start to
stick to the print head and cause paper jams. Setting the Black
energy too high will also slow the printer down. All color papers
tested by TransAct will operate with black levels less than 0.35
mJ/sq.mm. When the Black energy is set, adjust the Color
value.
NEVER exceed the Black energy with the Color energy.
The color level can be very critical. Do not attempt to
make the color darker by increasing the energy to the
point where black starts to appear, the print quality will
not be consistent.

Remote Configuration
Remote configuration is provided for all printers, and is accessed through a series of
extended diagnostic and configuration commands. The TransAct® universal
configuration program will allow the configuration to be read, edited, and written back
to the printer. It will also allow the configuration of one printer to be recorded and
replicated over a number of printers. The program is available from TransAct
Technical Support or by downloading it from the Internet – consult the section On-line
Technical Support for further details.

Remote Boot Load
The Epic 880TM printer is equipped with a special boot loader feature that will allow
field updates of the printer’s firmware. This loader is started by command and then a
TransAct® firmware load image is sent to the printer. When the load image is
successfully received by the remote boot loader, the printer will automatically reset
and operate with the updated code. If the firmware update fails for any reason, the
printer will remain in Remote Boot load mode until a successful load is accomplished.

Page 40

100-88002 Rev B

Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer

Field Configuration Feature
A field configuration feature allows easy setup and configuration of your Epic 880
printer. This feature provides a one-time prompt, on initial power-up, that lets you
select from a number of configurations that are pre-loaded for you at the factory.
This feature is an option, and must be set up and activated by TransAct. It stores a
specified number of complete, commonly-used configurations in the printer, together
with a text description and configuration summary.
Using Field Configuration
When the FEED button is pressed for over 6 seconds, the printer will either enter field
configuration mode or comprehensive configuration mode, depending on whether the
field configuration feature is present.
The initial print out will be as shown in Figure 7:

There are x
stored configurations
to select from.
Press and release FEED
to move between options.
Press and hold the
FEED button to select
an option.
Press DIAG Button
Or Cycle Power
To Exit
Figure 7. Startup message in Field Configuration mode.

Note: The “x” value shown in this figure will be the actual number of loaded
configurations, and can range from 2 to 20.
The first option presented is an option to print all the stored configurations in summary
form. Press and hold the FEED button after this option is displayed to select it. This
summary includes the configuration name, a text description and a brief list of
features for each pre-loaded configuration.
After the “Print all option”, each configuration is sequentially presented by name with
its description. Press the FEED button once to move to the next configuration in the

100-88002 Rev B

Page 41

Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer

list, or press and hold the FEED button to select the displayed configuration. A sample
configuration is shown in Figure 8.
ID: xxxxxxx
Configuration description:
Ithaca normal with transport
Configuration Summary:
Emulation
Emulation mode -Ithaca PcOS
Paper Selection
Print Energy Control:
Paper
-Generic Black
RS232 Serial Interface
Baud Rate
: 19200 BPS
Mode : 8 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit
Handshaking
: Ready/Busy
Receive Error
: Prints ‘?’
DTR/RTS Signal : RTS and DTR
CTS/DSR Signal : None
General Options
Code Page
CPI : 17
Carriage Return
Off-Line Option
Line Spacing
Input Buffer

: 437
: Normal
: Normal
: 8.1 LPI
: 8192 Char.

And so on

Figure 8. Sample pre-loaded configuration.

Once a selection is made, a summary will be printed, and the user will be asked to
confirm the selection by pressing the FEED button. If not confirmed, the printer resets
and the process starts over. The printer will not exit this mode until one of the
predefined configurations is selected and accepted.
If confirmed, the selected configuration is recorded in the printer and made active,
after which the printer then resets. Once a selected configuration is activated, the
configuration will remain active until changed.
Note: It is possible to require that a configuration be activated before the printer can
be used. In this case the printer will request a configuration be selected every time it
is turned on until a valid configuration is actually selected. At that time the printer will
operate normally.

Page 42

100-88002 Rev B

Chapter 5
Mounting Requirements

100-88002 Rev B

Page 43

This page intentionally left blank

Page 44

100-88002 Rev B

Mounting Requirements

Mounting Requirements
The compact Epic 880 design architecture can be easily configured into end
applications, and has multiple mounting points. (Note: All dimensions are
shown in inches, and printer is shown without bezel and paper
bracket/spindle)

M4-4PL

1.25

3.00

.85

4.06
.35

.31

.25
M4-3PL

3.75

Figure 9. Epic 880TM Mounting Locations

100-88002 Rev B

Page 45

Mounting Requirements

Bezel Mounting Specifications
Bezel to Printer Mechanism mounting points
Epic 880TM printers are designed to accommodate a bezel assembly that is
mounted following the hardware and mounting dimensions as listed. The
following drawing shows the positioning and dimensions of the Epic 880TM
bezel’s mounting points.
Front:

2x M3x 0.5 screws and interface with custom bezel.

M3 MOUNTING
SCREW - 2PL

1.100

4.060

Bezel view

.090 MOUNTING
BOSS - 2PL

Figure 10. Bezel Mounting and Hardware Requirements

Page 46

100-88002 Rev B

Mounting Requirements

Spindle Mounting Options
The Epic 880TM spindle assembly can be mounted in one of five locations on
the left side of the printer or one of four locations on the control panel side.
The following figures show typical mounting locations and cable dressing
options.

45˚ Up Spindle Mounting

Pivot and Locating
Screws
Paper Spindle
Bracket
Figure 11. 45˚ Up Spindle Location

Figure 11 shows the 45˚ Up spindle position with the arm at a 45˚ angle up.
Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 47

Mounting Requirements

Straight Back Spindle Mounting

Pivot and Locating
Screws

Paper Spindle
Bracket
Figure 12. Straight Back Spindle Location
Figure 12 shows the straight back spindle position. Note the location of the
pivot and mounting screws.

45˚Down Spindle Mounting

Pivot and Locating
Screws

Paper Spindle
Bracket

Figure 13. Angle Down Spindle Location
Figure 13 shows the angle down spindle position with the arm at a 45˚ angle
down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws.

Page 48

100-88002 Rev B

Mounting Requirements

Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting

Paper
Guide
i df

Paper Spindle Bracket
Pivot and Locating
Screws

Figure 14. Straight Down Center Spindle Location

Figure 14 shows the straight down center spindle position with the arm at a
90˚ angle down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws. This
location requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that
the cabling does not interfere with the paper path.
Note: The printer is larger with the paper guide installed.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 49

Mounting Requirements

Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting

Paper Guide required
for this orientation

Pivot and Locating
Screws

Paper Spindle Bracket

Figure 15. Straight Down Rear Spindle Location

shows the straight down rear spindle position with the arm at a 90˚
angle down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws. This location
requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that the
cabling does not interfere with the paper path.

Figure 15

Note: The printer is larger with the paper guide installed.

Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting
All five positions can be duplicated on the control panel side of the printer with
the exception of the straight down center location shown in Figure 14 as the
control panel occupies that location.

Page 50

100-88002 Rev B

Mounting Requirements

Retract Opening
When mounting the Epic 800TM printer, clearance must be allowed for a ticket
retract opening located on the underside of the front of the unit as shown.

Retract opening

Figure 16. Retract Opening.

The dimensions of this opening are as shown in Figure 17.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 51

Mounting Requirements

Figure 17. Dimensions for Retract Opening.

Page 52

100-88002 Rev B

Chapter 6
Printer Sensors

100-88002 Rev B

Page 53

This page intentionally left blank

Page 54

100-88002 Rev B

Printer Sensors

Printer Sensors
The Epic 880TM printer uses several sensors to provide feedback to the host system,
as pictured in the figures below.

Anti-Jam Sensor

Paper Out Sensor
Top-of-Form Sensor

Cover-Open
Switch (inside)

Figure 18. Sensor Breakdown and Locations.

Paper Low Sensor

Paper Out Sensor
A Paper Out Sensor, mounted to the Lower Paper Guide, optically senses a Paper
Out flag located in the ticket path. When the sensor detects the flag, it indicates that
the ticket roll is depleted.

Cover-Open Switch
A Cover-Open Switch, mounted to the inner left side plate, is activated when the Top
Cover is closed and the latch depresses the switch arm. When the Top Cover is
opened, the Cover Open switch trips, and the printer goes off-line.

Top-of-Form Sensor
A Top-of-Form Sensor is mounted in the paper path, and senses a pre-printed black
dot (if present) on the ticket stock. This black mark is used to position the paper for
printing on a preprinted form. Typically the ticket is pre-positioned to the Top-of-Form
and when the ticket is complete, the paper is fed to the Top-of-Form and then cut.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 55

Printer Sensors

Paper Low Sensor
The Epic 880TM has a Paper Low Sensor. This sensor is mounted to the paper
spindle and will provide an indication that the paper is getting low. The length of
paper remaining when paper low is sensed is dependent on the paper roll core
diameter.

Anti-Jam Sensor
An Anti-Jam Sensor is mounted to the knife frame, and senses the presence of a
ticket immediately before and after a knife cut. Under normal conditions, right after a
knife cut, a ticket is fed into the transport and presented to the customer. If a ticket is
not fed properly into the transport (for example, when a ticket jams) the Anti-Jam
Sensor detects the jammed ticket and stops printer operation.

Transport Ticket Taken Sensor
A Ticket Taken Sensor, mounted in the Ticket Transport, is used to detect the lead
edge of the ticket as well as determine when customers have actually taken the
printed ticket.
Transport Ticket
Taken Sensor

Figure 19. Transport Ticket Taken Sensor.

Page 56

100-88002 Rev B

Printer Sensors

Transport Ticket Retract Sensor
The Ticket Retract Sensor, mounted in the Ticket Transport retract path, is used to
detect the presence of the ticket in the retract path. Under normal operation, the
retract path should be clear after the retract.

Transport Ticket
Retract Sensor

Figure 20. Transport Ticket Retract Sensor.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 57

Chapter 7
Electrical Connections

100-88002 Rev B

Page 59

This page intentionally left blank

Page 60

100-88002 Rev B

Electrical Connections

Communications Interface
USB and RS-232 communications are supplied through interface connections
at the rear of the printer, as illustrated in the figure. The Serial RS-232
interface connector is a locking Molex connector and the USB interface is a
standard USB B connector. Power is supplied through a locking 4-pin Molex
connector as shown.

Power connector
USB port
Serial communications port

Figure 21. Communication PCB Location and Connector Info.

Note: Pin-out configurations for these interfaces are documented in Chapter 2,
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 61

Electrical Connections

Cable connection locations

Figure 22 Power and RS232 Left hand Exit

Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit

Note that the Power and communications cables can also be routed to the
right. The unused mounting location in the upper right corner should be used
to restrain the cables in a similar fashion as the left exit.

Page 62

100-88002 Rev B

Electrical Connections

Printer Block Diagram

100-88002 Rev B

Page 63

Chapter 8
Control Codes

100-88002 Rev B

Page 65

This page intentionally left blank

Page 66

100-88002 Rev B

Control Codes

Control Codes Overview

This OEM Integration Manual is designed to help users of the Epic 880TM printer
develop applications. Because Epic 880TM printers are specialized point-of-sale
printers with several features not normally found on general-purpose printers, they
have unique control codes that are documented in this manual.

Nomenclature
When describing control codes, confusion often occurs as to whether the description
is decimal, hexadecimal, or ASCII. To minimize the problem, this OEM Integration
Manual uses the following nomenclature when describing control code sequences.
[ ]

Encloses a control character. [ ] represents a single, 8-bit value as
defined in the standard ASCII tables. The ASCII Code Table in
Appendix B lists the control codes. An example would be [ESC], which
would represent a 1BH or 27 decimal.

< >

Encloses an 8-bit value in decimal format. The value is from zero to
255. An example is <2>, which represents 02H or 2 decimal.



Indicates a variable parameter. The variable parameter, , can have
a value from zero to 255. The meaning of  is described and defined
in the description of the command.

 

Indicates that there are two parameters,  and , where both
can have values from zero to 255.

 

Is an TransAct® Printer Control Language (IPCL) parameter consisting
of two digits where  and  are ASCII characters from zero to
nine. The parameter is combined to form a value from zero to 99. If
 is included, the parameter is combined to be from zero to 999. If
two values are specified, there must be two bytes added to the IPCL
code. That is, if the command specifies   and the desired
value is five, it must be specified as 05.

X

All other characters in control strings represent ASCII characters. For
example, [ESC] 1 represents 1BH followed by 31H.

In many cases, applications require that control sequences be specified in
hexadecimal or decimal codes. In most cases, commands are specified in ASCII,
hexadecimal, and decimal. The ASCII Code Table in Appendix D lists ASCII,
hexadecimal, and decimal equivalents.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 67

Control Codes

Standard Emulation
The standard control codes for the Epic 880TM Printer are extensions and subsets of
the PcOS emulation provided on other TransAct® products.
The Epic 880TM printer also supports an emulation of the Epson ESC/POS control
language, as well as a Custom VKP80 emulation capability. For details about these
emulations, contact TransAct Technical Support.

IPCL Codes
TransAct® Printer Control Language (IPCL) codes are part of PcOS and designed to
control a printer without using control characters (i.e. characters less than 20H). Only
the standard PcOS emulation supports IPCL.
In rare cases, an IPCL code will interfere with the text that is to be printed. The IPCL
translator can be disabled with an [ESC] y <4> command.

Other Emulations
The Epic 880TM Printer supports a basic Epson emulation.
Note: Specific EPSON compatibility features, such as its Automated Status
Back (ASB) feature, are available as an option from TransAct
Technologies. Command codes pertaining to these features are
documented as “licensed” within the command description.
It is intended that the standard TransAct® PcOS emulation be used for new
applications. Not all features of Epic 880TM Printers are supported by other
emulations.

Application Development
To aid application development, several chapters in this manual are designed to help
the programmer understand the Epic 880TM Printer. The next chapter provides a
detailed description of each of the commands. Subsequent chapters provide
explanations of how the printer works, including a description of the internal print
buffer, communications link, and interaction between the host computer and printer.

TransAct Control Codes and Commands
Throughout this OEM Integration Manual, charts and tables list commands and
features. In most cases, the charts cross-reference the page that describes the
command. Code summary charts, arranged by code and function, are provided to
help quickly find commands.

PcOS Printer Control Codes
The following section defines the Epic 880TM TransAct® PcOS emulation. The native,
TransAct® PcOS emulation provides the most flexibility and control over the printer. It
is consistent with most previous TransAct® PcOS products, and should be used when
the printer is placed in a new application. Alternatively, an emulation is offered for the
Epson ESC/POS language, as well as a customer emulation; contact TransAct
Technical Support for further information on these options.
Page 68

100-88002 Rev B

Control Codes

TransAct does not recommend that you generate drivers for emulations other than
PcOS. In addition, TransAct has created several tools that can be used to generate
and maintain graphic images and files for print on the Epic 880TM. Information about
drivers and tools are available on the TransAct web site and on a TransAct® Software
Developer’s Toolkit. For more information about either of these options, contact
TransAct Technical Support.

100-88002 Rev B

Page 69

Control Codes

Quick PcOS Reference Chart
ASCII

Hex

IPCL
equivalent
code

[LF]
[CR]

0AH
0DH

&%LF
&%CR

76
76

[BS]
[HT]
[ESC] D  
...  <0>
[ESC] n  

08H
09H
1BH 44H

&%BS
&%HT
none

77
77
77

1BH 6EH

78

[ESC] a 

1BH 61H

&%HP
 
&%JR {n=2}
&%JC {n=1}
&%JL {n=0}

78

[ESC] R

1BH 52H

&%HV

78

[ESC] X 

1BH 58H

none

154

[ESC] + P

1BH 50H

none

215

[ESC] + p

1BH 70H

none

216

[ESC] J 

1BH 4AH

79

Set 1/8-inch line spacing.
Set 7/72-inch line spacing.
Begin variable line spacing.
(Enable [ESC] A ).
Set variable line spacing to n/216
inch.
Set variable line spacing to n/72
inch.
Set Line spacing in points
Set Line spacing in ¼ points
Select minimum character height
and width in points
Select minimum character height
and width in ¼ points
Feed  lines at current spacing.

[ESC] 0
[ESC] 1
[ESC] 2

1BH 30H
1BH 31H
1BH 32H

&%FM 
 
&%ST
&%SG
none

[ESC] 3 

1BH 33H

79

[ESC] A 

1BH 41H

&%SV 
 
none

80

[ESC]+V
[ESC]+v
[ESC] + P

1BH 2BH 56H
1BH 2BH 76H
1BH 50H

None
None
none

215
216
215

[ESC] + p

1BH 70H

none

216

[ESC] d 

1BH 64H

82

Set vertical tab stops.

[ESC] B  
... 0
[VT]
[FF]
[ESC][VT]

1BH 42H

&%FL 

none

0BH
0CH
1BH 0BH

&%VT
&%FF
None

82
83
86

Description

Low Level paper Motion
Line feed.
Carriage return.
Horizontal Motion
Back space.
Horizontal tab.
Set horizontal tab stops.
Set horizontal position.
Set justification.
n=0 Left
n=1 Center
n=2 Right
n=8 Left (No line feed)
n=9 Center (No line feed)
n=10 Right (No line feed)
Reset horizontal and vertical tab
stops.
Set left/right print margins.
n1 = Left margin, n2 = Right margin
Select minimum character height
and width in points
Select minimum character height
and width in ¼ points
Vertical Motion
Perform a fine line feed.

Vertical tab.
Form feed.
Feed to black dot

Page 70

100-88002 Rev B

Page

79
80
80

83

Control Codes

IPCL
equivalent
code
&%TF

Description

ASCII

Hex

Set top of form.
Set form length in lines.

[ESC] 4
[ESC] C 

1BH 34H
1BH 43H

Begin auto line feed. (n=0, end n=1)

[ESC] 5 

1BH 35H

Set form length in inches.

[ESC] C [NUL] 

1BH 43H

[ESC]i
[ESC]j
[ESC]k
[ESC]m

1BH 69H
1BH 6AH
1BH 6BH
1BH 6DH

None
None
None
None

152
152
152
153

[ESC]+I
[ESC]+i
[ESC]+J

1BH 2BH 49H
1BH 2BH 69H
1BH 2BH 4AH

None
None
None

213
214
214

[ESC]+j

1BH 2BH 6AH

None

215

[DC2]
[ESC] :
[SI]
[ESC] [ P 
[ESC] V 
[ESC][SI]
[ESC] + P

12H
1BH 3AH
0FH
1BH 5BH 50H
1BH 56H
1BH 0FH
1BH 50H

&%F3
&%F2
&%F1
&%F
none
&%F4
none

90
90
90
91
92
90
215

[ESC] + p

1BH 70H

none

216

[ESC] + 3 
[ESC] + N
Filename<0>
[ESC] + S 
 …
[ESC] + B 
[ESC] + P

1BH 2BH 31H
1BH 2BH 4EH

none
none

206
206

1BH 2BH 53H

none

206

1BH 2BH 42H
1BH 50H

none
none

216
215

[ESC] + p

1BH 70H

none

216

[ESC] # <0>
[ESC] I 

1BH 23H 00H
1BH 49H

&%QT

93
93

[ESC] [ T  

1BH 5BH 54H

[ESC] + C

1BH 2BH 43H

&%CP 
 

None

Transport Control
Set Transport Mode
Feed Transport
Deliver ticket from transport
Transport ticket retract
Character Pitch
Set character spacing in points
Set character spacing in ¼ points
Set character spacing in points with
adjustment
Set character spacing in ¼ points
with adjustment
Begin 10 CPI character pitch.
Begin 12 CPI character pitch.
Begin 17 CPI character pitch.
Set character pitch.
Set inter-character spacing.
Begin 24 CPI character pitch
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in points
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in ¼ points
Character Font
Select font
Select font by name
Define Stacked Font
Set stroke font Brush Size
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in points
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in ¼ points
Begin 12 x 12 draft print.
Set print size (legacy mode).
n=0 Draft (12 x 12)
n=1 Large draft (12 x 14)
n=2 NLQ (24 x 16)
n=3 NLQ (24 x 16)
n=4-7 Repeats 0-3
Select character code page. ASCII
Mode only.
Select Codepage by name. ASCII
Mode only

100-88002 Rev B

&%SL 

&%CA {n=0}
&%MA {n=1}
&%SI 


&%QT {n=0}
&%QU {n=1}
&%QL {n=2}
&%QS {n=3}

Page

84
84
85
84

97
98

Page 71

Control Codes

IPCL
equivalent
code
&%EU
&%CC 
 
&%PU 
 
 

Page

1BH,63H
0EH
14H
1BH,57H

&%CL 
&%MW
&%MN

100
100
100
101

[ESC] _ 

1BH,5FH

&%CO {n=0}
&%MO {n=1}

101

[ESC] - 

1BH,2DH

103

[ESC] G
[ESC] H
[ESC] E
[ESC] F
[ESC] [ @ ...
[ESC] S <0>
[ESC] S <1>
[ESC] T
[ESC] % G
[ESC] % H

1BH,47H
1BH,48H
1BH,45H
1BH,46H
1BH,5BH,
40H…
1BH,53H, 00H
1BH,53H, 01H
1BH,54H
1BH,25H, 47H
1BH,25H, 48H

&%CU {n=0}
&%MU
{n=1}
&%ME
&%CE
&%MM
&%CM
&%DH
&%SH
&%SP
&%SB
&%SE
&%MI
&%CI

[ESC] t 
[ESC] u  …
[ESC] o  …
[ESC][SUB]S
[ESC][SUB]W
[ESC][SUB]A
[ESC][SUB]R
[FF]

1BH,74H
1BH,75H
1BH,6FH
1BH, 1AH 53H
1BH, 1AH 57H
1BH, 1AH 41H
1BH, 1AH 41H
0CH

&%PM
&%PS
none
none
none
&%PY
none
&%FF

107
112
114
109
111
114
114
114

[ESC] K  

1BH,4BH

none

115

[ESC] L  

1BH,4CH

none

115

[ESC] Y  

1BH,59H

none

116

[ESC] Z  

1BH,5AH

none

116

Description

ASCII

Hex

Insert Euro character.
Print control character.

[ESC] [ C 
[ESC] ^ 

1BH,5BH, 43H
1BH,5EH

Print Unicode character

[ESC] “ 

1BH,22H

[ESC] c 
[SO]
[DC4]
[ESC] W 

Character Attributes
Select color.
Begin one-line double-wide print.
Cancel one-line double-wide print.
Multi-line double-wide double-high
mode.
n=0 Standard mode
n=1 Double-wide
n=2 Double-high
3 = Both
Enable/disable Strike through.
n=0 End
n=1 Begin
Begin underline mode.
n = 0 End
n = 1 Begin
Begin enhanced print.
End enhanced print.
Begin emphasized print.
End emphasized print.
Set print style. (See command
description.)
Select superscript.
Select subscript.
End superscript or subscript.
Begin italics.
End italics.
Page Mode
Select page mode
Set page mode page size
Set page mode page position
Set Page Mode Size Enhanced
Set Page Mode Printed Area
Set Page Position Enhanced
Set Page Position Relative
Exit page mode
APA Graphics
Print single-density graphics.
=0...255
=0…3
len= + 256 * 
Print half-speed double-density
graphics.
Print full-speed double-density
graphics.
Print quad-density graphics.

Page 72

100-88002 Rev B

&%FS {n=0}
&%FD {n=1}
&%FH {n=3}

98
98
98

103
103
104
104
102
104
104
105
105
105

Control Codes

Description

ASCII

Hex

IPCL
equivalent
code

Select bidirectional or unidirectional
print. n=0 Bidirectional
n=1 Unidirectional
Print graphics in mode .

[ESC] U 

1BH,55H

&%GU {n=1}
&%GB {n=0}

117

[ESC] *  

[ESC] ? 

1BH,2AH

none

116

1BH,3FH

none

116

[ESC] h 
 

[ESC] *  <0>
<0>

1BH,68H

none

118

1BH,2AH

none

119

[ESC] [FS] P 
FileName<0>
[ESC] [FS] p


1BH,1CH,
50H
1BH,1CH,
50H

none

189

none

189

[ESC] [US] b
 <0>
[ESC] [US] m
 <0>
[ESC] [US] e
 <0>
[ESC] [US] l
 <0>
[ESC] [US] r
 <0>
[ESC] [US] s
 <0>
[ESC] [US] d
 <0>
[ESC] [US] f ALL
<0>
[ESC] [US] q
 <0>
[ESC] [US] ?
 <0>
[ESC] g <0>
[ESC] g <1>
[ESC] g <2>
[ESC] g <3>

1BH,1FH, 62H

&%UB
<0>

125

1BH,1FH,
6DH
1BH,1FH, 65H

&%UM
<0>

125

&%UG
<0>

125

1BH,1FH,
6CH
1BH,1FH, 72H

&%UL
<0>

126

&%UR
<0>

126

1BH,1FH,
6DH
1BH,1FH, 64H

&%US
<0>

126

&%UD
<0>

127

1BH,1FH,
66H,00H
1BH,1FH, 72H

&%UF

127

&%UQ
<0>

127

1BH,1FH, 72H

&%UQ
<0>

127

1BH,67H, 00H
1BH,67H, 01H
1BH,67H, 02H
1BH, 67H,
03H

&%GP
&%GS
&%GE
&%GW

129
129
129
129

Reassign graphic mode.
Horizontal Graphics
Process horizontal graphics data.
Set horizontal graphic mode.
Bitmap Graphic File Support
Print Bitmap graphics from file.
Print Bitmap graphics from bitmap
data
User Store
Begin named macro record.
Save macro data in user store.
End named macro record.
Load item from user store.
Run macro data from user store.
Flag item as a start-up macro.
Delete item from user store.
Flush information from user store.
Report on user store.
Return a report on user store
Process user macro.
Start macro record.
Stop macro record.
Stop macro record and save

100-88002 Rev B

Page

Page 73

Control Codes

Bar Codes
Print bar code.
n=0 Interleave 2 of 5
n=1 Code 39
n=2 Code 128
n=3 UPC A
n=4 EAN-13
n=5 UPC E
n=6 EAN-8
n= 7 Code 93
n = 8 Codabar
PDF 417 bar code control
Set bar code height.
n=0 Restore defaults
n=1 – 9 Number of passes
(0.11 inch per pass)
Set bar code width
Set bar code justification, HRI print
mode, and print direction.
Electronic Journal
Electronic journal initialize and set
password
Electronic journal erase the
electronic journal
Print the electronic journal
Report the electronic journal
Electronic journal begin entry
Electronic journal suspend entry
Electronic journal resume entry
Electronic journal end entry
Electronic journal mode begin
(journal station)
Unicode
Initiate Unicode UTF-16BE
encoding

&%25 {n=0}
&%39 {n=1}
&%12 {n=2}
&%UP {n=3}
&%EA {n=4}
&%UE {n=5}
&%E8 {n=6}
&%93 {n=7}

131

1BH 19H 45H

none

138

1BH,19H, 42H

&%BH


139

[ESC] [EM] W 
[ESC] [EM] J 

1BH 19H 57H
1BH,19H, 4AH

&%BW 
&%BJ


140
139

[ESC][GS]I
 <0>
[ESC][GS]E
 <0>
[ESC][GS]P<
Sl>
< Ll> 
[ESC][GS]R< Sl> <
Sh>< Ll> 
ESC]l <3>
[ESC]l <2>
[ESC]l <1>
[ESC]l <0>
[ESC]{

1BH 1DH 49H

%&EI

142

1BH 1DH 45H

&%EC

142

1BH 1DH 50H

&%EP

143

1BH 1DH 52H

&%EQ

143

1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 7BH

%&EB
&%ES
&%ER
&%EE
None

150
151
151
151
150

[ESC] b  ...
[ETX]

1BH,62H

[ESC] [EM] E 

[ESC] [EM] B 

[ESC] + H

1BH 2BH 48H

none

207

Initiate Unicode UTF-16LE
encoding

[ESC] + L

1BH 2BH 4CH

none

207

Initiate Unicode UTF-8 encoding
(MBCS)
Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Text only
encoding (MBCS)
Initiate normal 8-bit ASCII character
encoding

[ESC] + M

1BH 2BH 4DH

none

208

[ESC] + T

1BH 2BH 54H

none

208

[ESC] + A

1BH 2BH 41H

none

209

[ESC][RS] O
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] S
[ESC][RS] s
[ESC][RS] ?

1BH 1EH 4FH

none

221

1BH 1EH 53H
1BH 1EH 73H
1BH 1EH 3FH

none
none
none

222
222
224

File System Commands
Open File
Return Free Space for Open File
Return Free Space for Partition
Return Last File Command Status

Page 74

100-88002 Rev B

Control Codes

Close File
Close All Files
Open File

[ESC][RS] C
[ESC][RS] K
[ESC][RS]
O
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] A 
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] W 
 
[ESC][RS] R 

[ESC][RS] I
[ESC][RS] E 

[ESC][RS] F [ESC][RS] V 1BH 1EH 43H 1BH 1EH 4BH 1BH 1EH 4FH none none none 223 223 221 1BH 1EH 41H none 223 1BH 1EH 57H none 224 1BH 1EH 52H none 225 1BH 1EH 49H 1BH 1EH 45H 1BH 1EH 46H 1BH 1EH 56H none none none none 225 225 225 226 [ESC] X 1BH 58H none 154 [CAN] [ESC] q [ESC] v [ESC] @ [ENQ] 18H 1BH 71H 1BH 76H 1BH 40H 05H &%RP none &%FC none none 154 155 155 155 163 Activate Periodic Status back Control Periodic Status back User control of Bezel lamp [ESC] [EM] P [ESC] [EM] p [ESC]~z 1BH 19H 50H 1BH 19H 70H 1BH, 7EH, 7AH none none &%BF 176 176 157 Extended Diagnostics Set control feature commands. [ESC] y 1BH,79H &%Y0 – 9 or &%YX (for numbers >9) 158 Extended diagnostics. Return Firmware Checksum Return Firmware ID Verify File System and Firmware Enter Remote Down load [ESC] ~ [ESC]~ Z [ESC]~ F [ESC][RS] V [ESC] ~ <14> % 1BH,7EH 1BH,7EH,5AH 1BH,7EH,46H 1BH 1EH 56H 1BH,7EH, 0EH,25H none none none none none 159 161 161 226 234 Set/Clear File Attributes Write File Data Read File Data File Directory File Delete all Files in partition De-fragment File system Verify File System Miscellaneous Commands Set left/right margins. N1 = Left margin n2 = Right margin Clear print buffer. Query marker. Perform Auto Cut Initialize printer. Inquire status. (Refer to command descriptions.) 100-88002 Rev B Page 75 Control Codes Low Level Paper Motion Control Print/Paper Motion [CR] Carriage return ASCII [CR] Hexadecimal 0DH Decimal <13> IPCL &%CR EPOS 0DH Description The [CR] command prints the contents of the print buffer (if any) and resets the next character print position to the left margin. A line feed is not performed unless auto-feed is active. The print rotation direction and the left margin command define the left margin. [LF] Line feed ASCII [LF] Hexadecimal 0AH Decimal <10> IPCL &%LF EPOS 0AH Description The [LF] command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and advances paper one line at the current default line spacing. The next character print position is not reset to the left margin unless auto-CR is active. Page 76 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Horizontal Motion Control Several commands can be used to control the horizontal position of characters. Many applications use space control to position fields. However, the Epic 880TM Printer has the ability to control character position with horizontal tab stops. This is done using the horizontal tab [HT] to move to those tab stops. [HT] Horizontal tab ASCII [HT] Hexadecimal 09H Decimal <9> IPCL &%HT EPOS [HT] Description The [HT] command inserts spaces in the print buffer up to the next tab stop. The default tab locations are every eight spaces. [BS] Back space ASCII [BS] Hexadecimal 08H Decimal <8> IPCL &%BS EPOS [BS] Description The [BS] command moves the print buffer one character width to the left. The pointer position cannot be moved to the left of the left margin. [BS] does not cause the buffer to be printed; rather, the following data is OR’ed with the previous data. [ESC] D Set horizontal tab stops ASCII [ESC] D ... 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 44H ... 00H Decimal <27> <68> ... <0> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] D ... 0 Description The [ESC] D ... 0 command sets tab stops at the character columns specified by . The end of the settings is specified by a <0>. All previously set tabs will be cleared. Column sizes are in accordance with the current character pitch. Setting tabs that are beyond the station width is possible. A [CR] is inserted when the tab is used. Printing begins at the home position. The power up default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9, 17, 25, and so on; use the restore-default procedure [ESC] R to set these default tabs rather than re-specify the tabs. 100-88002 Rev B Page 77 Control Codes [ESC] R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ASCII [ESC] R Hexadecimal 1BH 52H Decimal <27> <82> IPCL &%HV EPOS none Description The [ESC] R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to the power up configuration. The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9, 17, 25, and so on. The vertical default is every line. [ESC] a Set Justification ASCII [ESC] a Hexadecimal 1BH 61H Decimal <27> <97> IPCL &%JL, &%JC, &%JR EPOS [ESC] a Description The [ESC] a command sets the horizontal justification. Where 0 = Left justified &%JL 1 = Center justified &%JC 2 = Right justified &%JR The print format of the printer can be right, center, or left justified. The value of specifies the justification. The power on default is left justified. Note: This command will print any data received before the command. IE. You can’t print left and right justified data on the same line. Note: The justify commands also affect graphics. [ESC] n Set horizontal position ASCII [ESC] n Hexadecimal 1BH 6EH Decimal <27> <110> IPCL &%HP EPOS [ESC]$ Description The [ESC] command sets the print position to + * 256 in 1/196 inches. Page 78 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Vertical Motion Control [ESC] j Perform a fine line feed ASCII [ESC] J Hexadecimal 1BH 4AH Decimal <27> <74> IPCL &%FM EPOS [ESC] J Description The [ESC] J command prints the contents of the buffer and performs a line feed of n/216 inch. The default line spacing value is not changed. The next character print position is reset to the left margin if the Auto-CR mode is set. Notes: • In EPOS mode, the command performs feeds in n/144-inch increments. • Immediately after APA graphics, the command is adjusted for the difference between 72 dpi graphics and 96 dpi print. [ESC] 3 Set variable line spacing to n/216 inch ASCII [ESC] 3 Hexadecimal 1BH 33H Decimal <27> <51> IPCL &%SV EPOS [ESC] 3 Description The [ESC] 3 command sets the default line spacing to n/216 inch, where n = 1 to 255. The line feed spacing used by [LF] is set to values other than 1/8 or 7/72 inch. The command takes effect immediately. Note: In EPOS mode, the command performs line feeds in n/144-inch increments. [ESC] 0 Set line spacing to 1/8 inch ASCII [ESC] 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 30H Decimal <27> <48> IPCL &%ST EPOS [ESC] 2 Description The [ESC] 0 command sets the default line spacing to 1/8 inch (27/216 inch), which is the standard eight lines per inch line spacing at initial power-up. Note: In EPOS mode, the command sets 1/6-inch spacing or six lines per inch. 100-88002 Rev B Page 79 Control Codes [ESC] 1 Set line spacing to 21/216 inch or 7/72 inch ASCII [ESC] 1 Hexadecimal 1BH 31H Decimal <27> <49> IPCL &%SG EPOS none Description The [ESC] 1 command sets the default line spacing to 21/216 inch. Use 21/216-inch line spacing for all-points-addressable (APA) graphics printing. [ESC] A Set variable line spacing to n/72 inch ASCII [ESC] A Hexadecimal 1BH 41H Decimal <27> <65> IPCL none EPOS none Description The [ESC] A command sets the default line spacing to n/72, where n = 1 to 85. Variable line spacing does not take effect until enabled by the [ESC] 2 command. The command is provided to maintain backward compatibility with the TransAct® Series 50, OKIDATA, IBM, and other printers. It can also be used to print on preprinted forms. [ESC] 2 Enable [ESC] A variable line spacing ASCII [ESC] 2 Hexadecimal 1BH 32H Decimal <27> <50> IPCL none EPOS none Description The [ESC] 2 command is a companion to the [ESC] A command and puts the specified line spacing into effect. It remains in effect until another line spacing command is issued. Page 80 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points ASCII [ESC] + V Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 56H Decimal <27> <43> <86> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + V command will set the line spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger spacing, the character height will override this setting. Function Set minimum Line Spacing in ¼ Points ASCII [ESC] + v Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 76H Decimal <27> <43> <118> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + v command will set the line spacing in ¼ points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range [ESC] + v BH 2BH 76H <27> <43> <118> d = 0, 16 – 255 If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger spacing, the character height will override this setting. 100-88002 Rev B Page 81 Control Codes [ESC] d Feed lines at the current spacing ASCII [ESC] d Hexadecimal 1BH 64H Decimal <27> <100> IPCL &%FL EPOS [ESC] d Description The [ESC] d command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and performs line feeds at the current line spacing. The command does not change the default line spacing value. The next character print position is reset to the left margin. Note: The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines. For example, if you wish to feed 12 lines, the IPCL command would be as follows: &%FL12. Function Reverse feed lines at the current spacing ASCII [ESC] e Hexadecimal 1BH 65H Decimal <27> <101> IPCL &%FB EPOS [ESC] e Description The [ESC] e command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and performs reverse line feeds at the current line spacing. The command does not change the default line spacing value. The next character print position is reset to the left margin. Note: The reverse feed is limited to 2 lines. Do NOT attempt to reverse feed more than 2 lines or the paper could jam. Note: The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines. For example, if you wish to feed 12 lines, the IPCL command would be as follows: &%FL12. [VT] Vertical tab ASCII [VT] Hexadecimal 0BH Decimal <11> IPCL &%VT EPOS (VT) Description The printer sets a line counter to the top of the form at reset and when a set top of form command is issued. By setting vertical tab stops, various form positions can be reached with a [VT] operation. Page 82 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] B Set vertical tab stops ASCII [ESC] B ... 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 42H ... 00H Decimal <27> <66> ... <0> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] B ... 0 Description The [ESC] B ... 0 command sets tab stops at line positions specified by . The end of the setting is specified by a <0>. All previously set tabs will be cleared. If nn is less than nn-1, then the command is in error, and all of the following information is printed. In other words, tab stops must be entered sequentially in order to be accepted. A total of 64 tab stops can be specified. (The power on default is a vertical tab on every line). [ESC] R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ASCII [ESC] R Hexadecimal 1BH 52H Decimal <27> <82> IPCL &%HV EPOS none Description The [ESC] R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to power up configuration. The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9, 17, 25, etc. The vertical default is every line. [FF] Form feed ASCII [FF] Hexadecimal 0CH Decimal <12> IPCL &%FF EPOS none Description The [FF] command performs a form feed to the top of the form. Note: The form feed command can be disabled by setting the form length to zero. Note: In page mode this command ends page mode. It does not position the paper to top of form. 100-88002 Rev B Page 83 Control Codes [ESC] 4 Set top of form ASCII [ESC] 4 Hexadecimal 1BH 34H Decimal <27> <52> IPCL &%TF EPOS [ESC] L Description The [ESC] 4 command sets the top of form to the current position. Note: This command does not operate in or affect page mode. [ESC] C Set form length in lines ASCII [ESC] C Hexadecimal 1BH 43H Decimal <27> <67> IPCL &%SL EPOS [ESC] C Description The [ESC] C command sets the form length to lines at the current line spacing. If the current page position is greater than the new page length, the command also sets the current position as the top of form. Note: This command does not set the page size in page mode. [ESC] C [NUL] Set form length in inches ASCII [ESC] C [NUL] Hexadecimal 1BH 43H <0> Decimal <27> <67> <0> IPCL &%SI EPOS none Description The [ESC] C [NUL] command sets the form length to inches. If the current page position is greater than the new page length, the command also sets the current position as the top of form. If zero inches are specified, the form feed and vertical tab commands are ignored. Note: This command does not set the page size in page mode. Page 84 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] 5 Begin auto line feed ASCII [ESC] 5 Hexadecimal 1BH 35H Decimal <27> <53> IPCL &%MA (Begin) IPCL &%CA (End) EPOS none Description The [ESC] 5 <1> command sets auto line feed mode. [ESC] 5 <0> command ends auto line feed mode. Note: The begin and end auto line feed command overrides the configuration setting. 100-88002 Rev B Page 85 Control Codes Feed to Black Dot Epic 880TM printers are available with an optional black dot sensor, supported by a feed to black dot command as well as an additional function to adjust the width and offset of the black dot. Note: This is a special order option, and requires an additional sensor and modified firmware. It is not possible to field retrofit a standard Epic 880TM with a black dot sensor. Function Feed to Black Dot ASCII [ESC][VT] Hexadecimal 1BH, 0BH, Decimal <27><11> IPCL None EPOS [GS][VT] Where n is the number of inches to feed while looking for the black marker. Description The [ESC][VT] command performs feeds the paper until the black dot is positioned as configured. This command keeps track of the location of the black dot and will feed paper until the black dot is positioned as configured. There are three configurable Black Dot parameters. The Dot Width, and the Offset may be adjusted to operate with a specific paper. The Calibration is preset and should not be changed. Function Adjusting the width and offset of the Black Dot ASCII ESC ~ W nl nh m Hexadecimal 1B 7E 57 nl nh m Decimal 27 126 87 nl nh m Where n= The offset adjustment of the Black dot in n/203 inches where n = nl + 256*nh. Default is 304 or 1.5 inches. Values greater than 368 will set n to 368. M = The Width of the black dot in m/203 inches. The default is 76 or 0.375 inches. Values less than 51 will be ignored. The offset adjustment is the position of the black dot in relation to the cut point. If n = 0 the cut point will be in the center of the black dot. If the value of n = 304, the cut point will be 1.5 inches above the black dot. Note: This command may be issued as part of an application. If the values in the configuration match the requested values, no operation occurs. Page 86 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes m/203 Cut to center of black dot m/203 Dot Width Note: This command interacts with the Feed to Black Dot command. If the Black Dot paper option is set, the black dot position specified by this command will be used for the Cover Close operation. 100-88002 Rev B Page 87 Control Codes Character Pitch Function Set Character spacing in points. ASCII [ESC] + I Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 49H Decimal <27> <43> <73> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + I command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + J command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. Function Set Character spacing in ¼ points. ASCII [ESC] + i Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 69H Decimal <27> <43> <105> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + i command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + j command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. Page 88 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment. ASCII [ESC] + J Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4AH Decimal <27> <43> <74> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + J command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + I command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in multiples of until the character fits. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the cell size will be expanded Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment. ASCII [ESC] + j Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 6AH Decimal <27> <43> <106> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + j command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + i command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in multiples of until the character fits. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. 100-88002 Rev B Page 89 Control Codes [DC2] Begin 10 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command) ASCII [DC2] Hexadecimal 12H Decimal <18> IPCL &%F3 EPOS [ESC][SP] Description The [DC2] command sets 9.905 characters per inch print pitch. [ESC] : Begin 12 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command) ASCII [ESC] : Hexadecimal 1BH 3AH Decimal <27> <58> IPCL &%F2 EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [ESC] : command sets 12.235 characters per inch print pitch. [SI] Begin 17 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command) ASCII [SI] Hexadecimal 0FH Decimal <15> IPCL &%F1 EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [SI] command sets 17.333 characters per inch print pitch. [ESC] [SI] Begin 24 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command) ASCII [ESC] [SI] Hexadecimal 1BH 0FH Decimal <27> <15> IPCL &%F4 EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [ESC] [SP] command sets 23.111 characters per inch print pitch. Page 90 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] [ P Set character pitch ASCII [ESC] [ P Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 50H Decimal <27> <91> <80> IPCL &%F1, &%F2, &%F3, &%F4, &%F5, &%F6, &%F7 EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [ESC] [ P command sets character per inch print pitch to . The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch. The following table lists the exact pitch for various values on . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Resulting Characters per Inch 1.00 2.00 3.01 4.00 4.95 5.94 6.93 8.00 9.04 9.90 10.95 12.23 13.00 13.87 14.86 Shaded selections recommended. IPCL &%F7 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 &%F3 &%F2 &%F6 are Resulting Characters per Inch 16.00 17.33 17.33 18.91 20.8 20.8 23.11 23.11 23.11 23.11 26 26 26 29.71 29.71 IPCL &%F1 &%F5 &%F4 not Table 3 Character Pitch This command disables any right-side spacing set by the [ESC] V command. In addition, when font changes are made, the character pitch is maintained. 100-88002 Rev B Page 91 Control Codes [ESC] V Set inter-character spacing (Legacy Command) Mode Global ASCII [ESC] V Hexadecimal 1BH 56H Decimal <27> <86> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [ESC] V command sets inter-character spacing by adding white space between characters. The value of sets the spacing in 216ths of an inch. The printer can only set the spacing in 208ths of an inch and converts 216ths to the nearest 208th of an inch. Each font has a basic size, and the inter-character spacing value is added to the basic size. Therefore, the affect of this command on characters per inch (cpi) will depend on the font selected. Note 1: The [ESC] V command disables any pitch settings established by pitch set commands that establish a cpi (like [ESC] [ P ). After a set right-side spacing command is issued, the pitch will vary with font selection. Font selections use the current, active, right-side spacing. Note 2: With the inter-character spacing command, the pitch cannot be set less than the font size. Therefore, it is not as effective as the pitch command, [ESC] [ P . The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of . The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of . 0 1 2 3 4 5 Page 92 Small Draft (cpi) Large Draft (cpi) 17.33 14.86 16 13.9 14.86 13 13.9 12.24 13 11.6 12.24 10.9 Table 4 Inter-character Spacing 100-88002 Rev B NLQ (cpi) 13 12.24 11.6 10.9 10.4 9.90 Control Codes Character Font [ESC] # Begin 12 x 12 print mode (Legacy Command) ASCII [ESC] # <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 23H 00H Decimal <27> <35> <0> IPCL &%QT EPOS [ESC] ! Description The [ESC] # <0> command begins 12 x 12 draft like print mode. Draft print is provided to maintain compatibility with other TransAct® products. [ESC] I Set print size mode (Legacy Command) ASCII [ESC] I Hexadecimal 1BH 49H Decimal <27> <73> IPCL &%QT 12 x 12 draft mode &%QU 12 x 14 large draft mode &%QL 24 x 16 near letter quality (NLQ) mode &%QS 24 x 16 near letter quality (NLQ) mode EPOS [GS] ! and/or [ESC] ! Description The [ESC] I (e.g. capital “i”) command begins draft, large draft or near letter quality print mode. Where n 0 = 12 x 12 like draft 1 = 12 x 14 like large draft 2 = 24 x 16 like near letter quality (NLQ) 3 = 24 x 16 like near letter quality (NLQ) 4 – 7 repeats 0 – 3 Note 1: The all characters printed by the Epic 880TM are generated from scaleable fonts. All these mode selections configure the font rendering code to generate fonts that are approximately equivalent to the matrix sizes indicated. 100-88002 Rev B Page 93 Control Codes Character Sets and Code Pages The Epic 880TM Printer is primarily intended to be used in Unicode based systems. However to provide legacy support, the printer supports 8 bit and double byte ASCII encoding with code pages. When not using Unicode or double byte encoding, the printer is restricted to the 8 bit ASCII character set. To support international languages, the characters that are assigned to each of the 256 possible locations can be remapped to any character in the Unicode standard. Typically, the first 32 characters are reserved for control characters. The next 72 are typically fixed to alpha numeric and punctuation. The upper 128 characters are typically redefined to characters that support the specific language or country. These mappings are generally referred to as codepages. The Epic 880TM provides several legacy commands to select a country code or codepage maps. However, they all simply select an ASCII to Unicode translation map. Several predefined mappings to provide legacy support are internal to the printer, but the majority of the maps are placed in the printer’s file system. This allows any preexisting codepage mapping to be defined as well as the ability to define custom mappings unique to your application. Codepage description files The format of the codepage description file is somewhat flexible. The basic format is that each line will specify an ASCII character ID and the Unicode character that is to appear in that ASCII ID location. The file format is one character per line with the first value being the ASCII ID and the second value being the Unicode address. The file should be something like this: 0x00 0x0000 # NULL 0x01 0x0001 # START OF HEADING 0x02 0x0002 # START OF TEXT 0x03 0x0003 # END OF TEXT ... or \Language = USA \Code Page = 437 0x00 0x0000 ;0 NULL 0x01 0x263A ; 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 0x263B ; 9787 BLACK SMILE 0x03 0x2665 ; 9829 BLACK HEART SUIT 0x04 0x2666 ; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0x05 0x2663 ; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT ... or 0 0 ; NULL 1 9786 ; WHITE SMILE 2 9787 ; BLACK SMILE 3 9829 ; BLACK HEART SUIT 4 9830 ; BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 5 9827 ; BLACK CLUB SUIT Page 94 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes ... or SYMBOL SET = WE /name = Windows 3.1 Latin 2 /pcl char = E ... /symbols = 32 0x0020 ; Space Code, Prntabl Thin Space 33 0x0021 ; Exclamation 34 0x0022 ; Neutral Double Quote 5 0x0023 ; Number 36 0x0024 ; Dollar ... or \Language = USA \Code Page = 437 0x00 0x0000 ;0 NULL 0x01 0x263A ; 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 0x263B ; 9787 BLACK SMILE 0x03 0x2665 ; 9829 BLACK HART SUIT 0x04 0x2666 ; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0x05 0x2663 ; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT ... or \Language = USA \Code Page = 437 0x00 = 0x0000 ;0 NULL 0x01 = 0x263A ; 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 = 0x263B ; 9787 BLACK SMILE 0x03 = 0x2665 ; 9829 BLACK HART SUIT 0x04 = 0x2666 ; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0x05 = 0x2663 ; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT Numbers beginning with 0x… are treated as hexadecimal, all other as decimal. Any line beginning with a non-numeric value is ignored. Any information after the Unicode value is ignored. Not all of the ASCII ID’s need to be present, however, only ID’s present will be affected. There are two ways to select a codepage file. The first is by using the standard code page select command. If this command is used, the file name is critical; it must follow the format of Cpxyz.CPM. The xyz is the code page number that is being selected in the command. For example CP850.CPM would be referred to as 850. If the legacy commands are to be used to select file based code page mapping, the selection mode must be selected in the printer’s configuration. The second form is by name. This command is free form and will select any file present which will then be to use it as a code page definition. If the file is not a code page file, you will get unexpected results. If the file does not exist, the command is ignored. Any extension may be used for a codepage map, however, it is best to use the .CPM extension, with a descriptive filename recommended. For example ISO8859-1.CPM would be a good choice for the ISO8859-1 code page. 100-88002 Rev B Page 95 Control Codes Double-Byte and Multi-Byte Code Page Description Files In ASCII mode the Epic 880TM Printer supports double byte code pages. Currently there are 4 double-byte codepages available and one multi-byte. Double Byte code pages available are: Code page 932, 936, 949 and 950 Multi-byte code page available are GB18030-2000. These code pages require an appropriate Unicode font be loaded that support all the characters in the requested code page. Due to the large number of characters in these code pages. These files are not supported in a customer definable ASCII form like the Code page descriptions files described above. They are compiled and compressed into a 2 or 3 file code description set. One file is like the Code page description file in that it may be referenced just like the normal code page description files. The other two files are double byte and multi-byte decode files and are referenced in the master code page description. These files not distributed with the standard printer but are available from Transact upon request. Code Page Selection In ASCII mode the Epic 880TM Printer supports many different international character sets. In IBM and EPOS printers, there are two ways of selecting a character set. One way substitute’s international characters in the upper 128 characters of a standard character set. The substitution technique supports a few different countries. However, as more and more countries were added, too many characters were being replaced, and it became a problem for the application to match the characters displayed and printed. To solve this problem, a second method of selecting a character set was developed – code pages. The printer and display use the same code page, and the application displays and prints the same characters. IBM and EPOS defined new commands to select code pages, and left the old commands in effect. The Epic 880TM Printer supports international character sets as well as code pages. To allow the most flexibility for the application programmer, both methods are extended in the Epic 880TM Printer. In IBM mode, there are 19 character sets and 60 code pages. In EPOS mode, there are 57 character sets and five code pages.5 The Epic 880TM Printer allows the IBM code page selection command to choose character sets as well as normal IBM code pages. The EPOS character set select command has been extended to allow additional character sets over and above the 11 defined by EPOS. The EPOS code page select command has not been extended because there is no EPOS definition beyond the first six ID’s. All characters in code pages as well as character sets are addressed as zero through 255. (Characters below 32 must be addressed with the [ESC] ^ command.) Code pages may be changed at any time and are active for all features including rotated 5 Epson provides limited code page support through ID to code page translation. translations are defined. Page 96 100-88002 Rev B Only six Control Codes print. To allow other code pages to be created by an application, a redefine character set command is provided. As discussed above, there are two commands for language selection in IBM mode. The first is [ESC] !, which selects one of 19 international character sets. The [ESC] ! command does not allow all of the possible character sets to be selected, it is provided for compatibility with older programs only. The second is [ESC] [ T, which selects any of the 58 code pages. In EPOS mode, the [ESC] R command has been expanded to select any of the 59 international character sets or code pages. [ESC] ! Select international character set (Legacy Command) ASCII [ESC] ! Hexadecimal 1BH 21H Decimal <27> <33> IPCL &%CS EPOS [ESC] R Description The [ESC] ! command selects international character set . In standard mode, the value of is as follows. Note: This command is supported in ASCII mode only. 64-‘@’ 65-‘A’ 66-‘B’ 67-‘C’ 68-‘D’ 69-‘E’ 70-‘F’ 71-‘G’ 72-‘H’ Language ASCII (slashed zero) ASCII (unslashed zero) British German French Swedish Danish Norwegian Dutch Language 73-‘I’ Italian 74-‘J’ French Canadian 75-‘K’ Spanish 76-‘L’ Swedish II 77 –‘M’ Swedish III 78-‘N’ Swedish IV 79-‘O’ Turkish 80-‘P’ Swiss I 81-‘Q’ Swiss II Table 5 Language Table ID’s [ESC] [ T Select character code page ASCII [ESC] [ T Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 54H Decimal <27> <91> <84> IPCL &%CP EPOS [ESC] t Description The [ESC] [ T command selects character code page . The Epic 880TM Printer supports many code pages. The following code pages are supported. Note: This command is supported in ASCII mode only. Note: See Appendix E: Internal Code Page Definitions for the internally defined code pages. Additional code pages may be defined and loaded as Codepage definition files. 100-88002 Rev B Page 97 Control Codes Note: The code page field is a 16-bit field that is a function of the code page numbers and , e.g. ( * 256) +. For example, 1 * 256 + 181 = 437. For the IPCL command, the page is specified in ASCII as a 4-byte field. Note: If the requested code page is not found in the internal maps, the file system is searched for the definition. Function Select character code page by name. All ASCII [ESC] + C Codepage.CPM <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 43H Decimal <27> <43> <67> CodePage File name from 5 to 30 characters. Description The [ESC] + C command will select and read a code page encoding file. If the file does not exist, the current code page will be selected. If the code page definition is not complete, only the character locations defined by the file will be effected. Note: Code page translations only occur in ASCII mode. This command has no effect in Unicode mode. [ESC] [ C Insert Euro character ASCII ESC] [ C Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 43H Decimal <27> <91> <67> IPCL &%EU PcOS Description The [ESC] [ C command allows an application to replace any character in the currently active code page with the Euro character. The character to be replaced is defined by . For example, if the currently active character set is CP 850 (multi-lingual) and 0D5H character is to be the Euro character, “1BH 5BH 43H 0D5H” replaces the character at 0D5H with the Euro symbol. This command is only valid in ASCII mode when code pages are active. Note: This command is effective only in ASCII mode. Typical Euro Character Substitution Locations Name 850 Turkey 857 Win Cyrillic Win Turkish Win Greek Win Hebrew Win Baltic [ESC] ^ Page 98 Epson IBM Code Page Insertion Point (hex) 26 850 0xD5 57 857 0XD5 52 1022 0X88 51 1021 0X80 50 1020 0X80 62 1032 0X80 68 1034 0X80 Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix Print control character 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes ASCII [ESC] ^ Hexadecimal 1BH 5EH Decimal <27> <94> IPCL &%CC EPOS [ESC] ^ Description The [ESC] ^ command allows characters from zero to 31 codes to be printed. During normal operation, characters from zero to 31 are control characters. The command turns off control code translation for the following character. can range in value from zero to 255. [ESC] “ Print Unicode character ASCII [ESC] “ Hexadecimal 1BH 22H Decimal <27> <34> IPCL &%PU EPOS [ESC] “ Description The [ESC] “command allows any Unicode character to be directly addressed and inserted into the print data. can range in value from zero to 65535. 100-88002 Rev B Page 99 Control Codes Character Attributes [ESC] c Select color ASCII [ESC] c Hexadecimal 1BH 63H Decimal <27> <99> IPCL &%CL EPOS none Description The [ESC] c command selects the print color. Where 0 = Black 1 = Red 2 = Green 3 = Blue [SO] Begin one-line double-wide print ASCII [SO] Hexadecimal 0EH Decimal <14> IPCL &%MW EPOS none Description The [SO] command causes subsequent characters to be printed at twice the currently selected character width. For example, ten cpi becomes five cpi, 17 cpi becomes 8.5 cpi, etc. The [SO] command remains in effect until a valid line terminator is received ([CR], [LF], or [ESC] J (fine line feed)); the command is canceled; or the maximum number of characters per line is reached and the printer performs an auto-print. [DC4] Cancel one-line double-wide print ASCII [DC4] Hexadecimal 14H Decimal <20> IPCL &%MN EPOS none Description The [DC4] command cancels one-line double-wide mode set by the [SO] command and allows single- and double-wide characters to be printed on the same line. Page 100 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] _ Enable/Disable Strike Through ASCII [ESC] _ Hexadecimal 1BH 5FH 01H Decimal <27> <95> IPCL &%MO (Begin) IPCL &%CO (End) EPOS [ESC] ! Description The [ESC] _ <1> command begins over-score print mode. All subsequent text, leading spaces, and trailing spaces are over-scored. [ESC] _ <0> ends the mode. Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! performs a similar function; however, near letter quality (NLQ) is not available. [ESC] W Multi-line double-wide and double-high mode ASCII [ESC] W Hexadecimal 1BH 57H Decimal <27> <87> IPCL &%FD {n = 1} &%FS {n = 0} &%FHA {n = 3} (Note: Single-wide, double-high mode is not available in IPCL mode.) EPOS [ESC] ! Description The [ESC] W command controls multi-line double-wide or doublehigh mode, where n specifies the mode: n = 0 is standard single-wide and single-high; n = 1 begins double-wide; n = 2 begins double-high; and n = 3 begins double-wide double-high. Where n Bits 76543210 Function 1------- Underline --1----- Double-wide ---1---- Double-high -------X Font: 0 = draft; 1 = large draft Note: The [ESC] W command does not affect line spacing. Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! performs a similar function; however, near letter quality (NLQ) is not available. 100-88002 Rev B Page 101 Control Codes [ESC] [ @ Set print style: double-wide, double-high, italic control ASCII [ESC] [ @ [EOT] [NUL] [NUL] Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 40H 04H 00H 00H Decimal <27> <91> <64> <04> <0> <0> IPCL &%DH Double-high, double-wide, and double-space &%SH Single-high, single-wide, and single-space Also, see [ESC] W above. Description The [ESC] [ @ [EOT] [NUL] [NUL] command sets doublewide, double-high, and italic print mode. Where k bits k 76543210 0 1 2 ----xxxx ----0000 ----0001 ----0010 Where n bits 0 0 ----0nnn ----0000 xxxx---0000---- Where m bits 0 ----0nnn ----0000 Italic control No change Italics On Italics Off n 76543210 Height multiplier (Maximum 4) No change Line spacing No change m 76543210 Width multiplier (Maximum 4) No change Note: The maximum height and width multiplier is four. Page 102 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] - Begin underline ASCII [ESC] - Hexadecimal 1BH 2DH 01H Decimal <27> <45> IPCL &%MU (Begin) IPCL &%CU (End) EPOS [ESC] ! Description The [ESC] - <1> command begins underline print mode. All subsequent text, leading spaces, and trailing spaces are underlined. [ESC] - <0> ends the mode. Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! performs a similar function; however, near letter quality (NLQ) is not available. [ESC] G Begin enhanced print ASCII [ESC] G Hexadecimal 1BH 47H Decimal <27> <71> IPCL &%ME EPOS [ESC] G <1> Description All subsequent text is printed in enhanced print mode (two passes with a vertical offset). Enhanced printing provides a deeper resolution of each character and may enhance multiple part forms printing. [ESC] H End enhanced print mode ASCII [ESC] H Hexadecimal 1BH 48H Decimal <27> <72> IPCL &%CE EPOS [ESC] G <0> Description The [ESC] H command cancels enhanced print mode and returns to the currently selected font. 100-88002 Rev B Page 103 Control Codes [ESC] E Begin emphasized print mode ASCII [ESC] E Hexadecimal 1BH 45H Decimal <27> <69> IPCL &%MM EPOS [ESC] E <1> Description The [ESC] E command begins emphasized print mode (one pass with horizontal offset). Emphasized print is bolder than normal print. [ESC] F End emphasized print mode ASCII [ESC] F Hexadecimal 1BH 46H Decimal <27> <70> IPCL &%CM EPOS [ESC] E <0> Description The [ESC] F command cancels emphasized print mode. [ESC] S <0> Select superscript ASCII [ESC] S <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 53H 00H Decimal <27> <83> <0> IPCL &%SP EPOS none Description The [ESC] S <0> command selects superscript. The following characters are printed half size on the upper side of the print line. Note: Superscript is not available in all print modes. [ESC] S <1> Select subscript ASCII [ESC] S <1> Hexadecimal 1BH 53H 01H Decimal <27> <83> <1> IPCL &%SB EPOS none Description The [ESC] S <1> command selects subscript. The following characters are printed half size on the bottom side of the print line. Note: Superscript is not available in all print modes. Page 104 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] T End superscript or subscript ASCII [ESC] T Hexadecimal 1BH 54H Decimal <27> <84> IPCL &%SE EPOS none Description The [ESC] T command ends superscript or subscript. [ESC] % G Begin italics ASCII [ESC] % G Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 47H Decimal <27> <37> <71> IPCL &%MI EPOS [ESC] 4 Description The [ESC] % G command begins italic print mode. Note: Italics are not available in all print modes. [ESC] % H End italics ASCII [ESC] % H Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 48H Decimal <27> <37> <72> IPCL &%CI EPOS [ESC] 5 Description The [ESC] % H command ends italic print mode. 100-88002 Rev B Page 105 Control Codes Page Mode The Epic 880TM supports two operational modes, standard and page mode. In standard mode, as a line of text is received it is buffered and printed when the line feed is received. In page mode the printer waits for a complete “page” (a number of lines) to be received before printing the complete page. The advantage of page mode is that text and/or graphics can be placed anywhere on the page, in any order, and in any of 4 orientations. How to use page mode Page mode requires two phases to operate correctly. 1. Page definition a. Define the master page size either just before or just after entering page mode. b. Optionally define a sub page. The master page defines the maximum page size, all sub pages must be smaller and contained within the master page. Master and sub page definitions are always done base on the 0 degree orientation not the current rotation. c. Optionally set an orientation. This may be 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees. d. Optionally set the entry position. This is based on the current sub page and the current rotation. e. Enter text or graphics. f. Go to step b to define additional sub pages or step c to change the orientation. 2. Print the page. Page Definition The [ESC]t command will start page definition and define the initial orientation. An [ESC]t command during page definition will change the orientation and reset the entry location back to the top left corner of that orientation. Receipt or Inserted Form C>>>>> B>>>>> D>>>>> A>>>>> Initial entry location Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations Page 106 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes The [ESC] u command sets the maximum page dimensions. Note that these dimensions are always based on 0 degree rotation. After this, you can enter text and/or graphics as required. Auto-cutter and page mode You may embed an auto-cutter command with in a page definition. The auto-cut command may be placed anywhere in the page definition, however, it will be processed after the page is printed. To prevent the cut from occurring in the page, it will be preceded with a feed that will place the end of the page about 0.125 inches above the auto-cut position. Mechanism commands in page mode In general, mechanism commands received during page mode will be processed if the result will not affect the printed result. Stopping page mode definition The following operations will stop a page mode definition: 1) [ESC]@ Printer initialize command. 2) Real time reset request [ENQ]<10> 3) Turning the printer off. Printing the page The [FF] command starts the printing process. Printing starts at the current paper position. The complete page definition is printed excluding any blank information at the bottom of the page. If the [FF] command is used to print the page, the memory used to store the page image is not maintained and is released to be used by other functions. Function Select page mode ASCII [ESC] t or [ESC] [SUB] t Hexadecimal 1BH 74H or 1BH 1AH 74H Decimal <27><116> or <27><26><116> IPCL &%PM EPOS [ESC] L Description This command activates page mode and sets the orientation. This command may also be issued during page definition. When issued in page mode it resets the orientation and entry position, but does not cause the currently defined image to be erased or printed. Where x = 0 for standard orientation (Direction A). x = 1 for 270° Rotation (Direction B) x = 2 for 180° Rotation (Direction C) x = 3 for 90° Rotation (Direction D) 100-88002 Rev B Page 107 Control Codes Receipt or Inserted Form C>>>>> B>>>>> D>>>>> A>>>>> Initial entry location Note 1: This command saves the current right and left margin and sets them to the maximum values for the orientation currently defined. Note 2: During page mode definition almost all printer commands are active. The following table lists the exceptions. Command Cash drawer commands Bell command Auto cut commands Active Yes Action Immediate action Yes Delay ed Immediate action The printer will perform a feed to cut and then operate the auto cutter after the page is printed. The cut command may be anywhere in the definition. If the page is printed twice, the Auto cut command must be reissued after the first print to generate additional cuts. This command is like a station select and is not active. You cannot store page mode images in the electronic journal. A page mode command in journal station mode will exit journal mode. You can make journal entries as part of a page description. They are saved as text and not part of the page. The status is returned during definition. Cancels page mode definition and returns the printer to standard mode. You must set the top of form outside of page mode. The form position is maintained after the page is printed. The definition of a vertical tab is ambiguous in page mode and is ignored. You can not define or delete a macro while in page mode. You can, however, invoke a macro or stored graphic. You can not enter page mode while in a macro definition. Electronic journal station select No Electronic journal entries Status requests Printer initialize command Set top of form Yes Yes Yes Vertical tab No Macro definitions No No Note 3: Unless specified by a page mode set page size command, the default page size is the full paper width for about 14 inches. Printing starts at the current paper Page 108 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes position. The complete page definition is printed excluding any blank information at the bottom of the page. Function Set Print Area in Page Mode Enhanced ASCII [ESC] [SUB] S << HL> Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 53H << HL> Decimal <27><26><83><< HL> IPCL None EPOS [ESC] W Description This command Sets the position and size of the initial area in page mode and sub pages. Where: the x direction offset Min 0 the y direction offset Min 0 the width in dots Max 576 < HL> the height in dots Max 3000 This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is entered to define the initial page size. Once in page mode (after the [ESC]t command) the command can be sent multiple times so that several different print areas, aligned in different print directions, can be developed in the printer’s page buffer before being printed using the Print Page Mode commands (FF or ESC FF). The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed. The Yoffset is in the y direction and is YO dots and the Xoffset is in the x direction and is XO dots in. The length of the area to be printed in the y direction is set to H dots. The length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to W dots. The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode. The first invocation specifies the initial master page size. Following invocations will define smaller windows within the initially defined page. If the Set page size command is not used, the page size will default to the maximum size. The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees regardless of the current orientation setting. This includes if the command is sent before the start page mode command, after the start page mode command, or as a sub-page. Note: The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576/203 or 3.15 inches. Note: The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999/203 or 14.78 inches. Note: Only the used portion of the page is printed. That is the page length will only include what actually has print data. See illustration below. 100-88002 Rev B Page 109 Control Codes YOffset

    Height < HL> Width < WL> XOffset
      Figure 25 Page mode set printable area Previous cut Cut to print offset 0.7 in or 18mm Start of page definition Max width is 576 dots Cut point is after bottom most print data. Bottom most print data Unused page area is not printed Figure 26 Default Page mode printed area Page 110 100-88002 Rev B End of definition page Control Codes Function Set Printed Area in Page Mode Enhanced ASCII [ESC] [SUB] W << HL> Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 57H << HL> Decimal <27><26><87><< HL> IPCL None EPOS [ESC] W Description This command is similar Set Print Area in Page Mode command above, however it will force the complete page to be printer rather than only what is used. It will define sub pages, however is intended to set the initial page size. Where: the x direction offset Min 0 the y direction offset Min 0 the width in dots Max(576) < HL> the height in dots Max(3000) This command should always be sent before or immediately after select page mode command and will define the initial page size. This command differs from the Set Print Area in Page Mode command in that it does not allow the page to be shortened. The complete page is printed even if it is not used. Previous cut Cut to print offset 0.7 in or 18mm Start of page definition Max width is 576 dots End of page definition Bottom most print data Unused page area is not printed Cut point after bottom of page definition Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed area 100-88002 Rev B Page 111 Control Codes Function Set Print Area in Page Mode Legacy Support Command ASCII [ESC] u
        < HL> Hexadecimal 1BH 75H
          < HL> Decimal <27><117>
            < HL> IPCL &%PS<0000> EPOS [ESC] W Description This command Sets the position and size of the printing initial area in page mode and sub pages. Where:
              the y direction offset Default(0) the width in dots Default(576) < HL> the height in dots Default(3000) This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is entered to define the initial page size. Once in page mode (after the [ESC]t command) the command can be sent multiple times so that several different print areas, aligned in different print directions, can be developed in the printer’s page buffer before being printed using the Print Page Mode commands (FF or ESC FF). The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed. The offset is in the x direction and is O dots. The length of the area to be printed in the y direction is set to H dots. The length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to W dots. (Note that the Y offset is always 0) The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode. The first invocation specifies the final page height. Following invocations will define smaller windows within the initially defined page. If the Set page size command is not used, the page size will default to the maximum size. The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees regardless of the current orientation setting. This includes if the command is sent before the start page mode command, after the start page mode command, or as a sub-page. Note: The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576/203 or 3.15 inches. Note: The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999/203 or 14.78 inches. Note: The printed page length will only include what actually has print data. Page 112 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Set Page Mode Entry Position ASCII [ESC] [SUB] A Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 41H Decimal <27><26><65> IPCL &%PY EPOS [ESC] W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.) The X and Y positions are in dots. Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the top X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the left Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to position the print on the page. Function Set Page Mode Entry Position Relative ASCII [ESC] [SUB] R Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 52H Decimal <27><26><82> IPCL None EPOS [ESC] W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.) The X and Y positions are in dots. Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the current Y X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the current X Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to position the print on the page. 100-88002 Rev B Page 113 Control Codes Function Set Page Mode Entry Position Legacy Support ASCII [ESC] o Hexadecimal 1BH 6FH Decimal <27><111> IPCL None EPOS [ESC] W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.) The X and Y positions are in dots. Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the top X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the left The F parameter is a flag that specifies if this command is an absolute position command or relative to the current position. If its value is <1> the command is processed as a relative position command, and if its value is <0> the command is interpreted as an absolute position command. Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to position the print on the page. Function Exit Page Mode ASCII [FF] or [ESC][SUB] P Hexadecimal 0CH or 1BH 1AH 50H Decimal <12> or <27><26><80> IPCL &%FF EPOS [FF] Description This command exits page mode definition and starts the print process. If the printer is not in page mode, this command is treated as a normal form feed command. Note: When page mode finishes printing, the left and right margins are restored to the values before the select page mode command. All other format changes are preserved. Page 114 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Graphic Mode The Epic 880TM Printer conforms to the basic definition of IBM all-points-addressable (APA) graphic commands. It is not designed to print large quantities of graphical data. The printer only prints graphics that are 2.5 inches wide. At this time, there is no graphics mode for Epson emulation. The Epic 880TM Printer always prints in one of the native resolutions of 203 x 203 dpi. To provide compatibility with the standard IBM APA resolutions, the printer internally modifies the graphics to print as expected. The printer converts the vertical resolution by altering the [ESC] J command (which is typically used for vertical spacing) and adjusting it so that horizontal passes touch as expected. The requested horizontal resolution is converted by data scaling. Because the vertical dpi of the printer is always greater, the resulting APA graphics printed on the Epic 880TM Printer may be slightly smaller or larger than the same graphic printed on an impact printer. All of this is done transparently to the application; however, loss of resolution may result in some modes. If desired the [ESC] * command can be used to select the native resolution. Note 1: If the Epic 880TM Printer is used with programs that convert text to graphics, the printer is slower than if the printer is sent ASCII text. The Epic 880TM Printer is supported by a Windows’ print driver that allows applications to select internal supported fonts. Note 2: Generally, the horizontal graphic commands provide faster print than the APA graphic commands. Standard APA Graphics [ESC] K Print single-density graphics (60h x 72v dpi) ASCII [ESC] K Hexadecimal 1BH 4BH Decimal <27> <75> IPCL none Description The [ESC] K command prints + 256 * bytes of single-density graphics (60 dpi). [ESC] L Print half-speed double-density graphics (120h x 72v dpi) ASCII [ESC] L Hexadecimal 1BH 4CH Decimal <27> <76> IPCL none Description The [ESC] L command prints + 256 * bytes of double-density graphics (120 dpi) at half speed, allowing full and half dots to be printed. 100-88002 Rev B Page 115 Control Codes [ESC] Y Print full-speed double-density graphics (120h x 72v dpi) ASCII [ESC] Y Hexadecimal 1BH 59H Decimal <27> <89> IPCL none Description The [ESC] Y command prints + 256 * bytes of double-density graphics (120 dpi) at full speed with no consecutive dots. (The mode is generally used to print 120h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes). [ESC] Z Print quad-density graphics (240h x 72v dpi) ASCII [ESC] Z Hexadecimal 1BH 5AH Decimal <27> <90> IPCL none Description The [ESC] Z command prints + 256 * bytes of quaddensity graphics (240 dpi) at half speed with no consecutive dots. (The mode is generally used to print 240h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes). Extended APA Graphics [ESC] * Print graphics in mode (60h/ 120h/ 240h x 72v dpi) ASCII [ESC] * Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH Decimal <27> <42> IPCL none Description The [ESC] * command selects the graphic resolution graphic modes as specified by . Where Mode Resolution Mode Resolution 7 144 dpi 0 60 dpi 1 2 3 4 5 6 [ESC] ? 120 dpi 120 dpi 240 dpi 80 dpi 72 dpi 90 dpi Reassign graphic mode ASCII [ESC] ? Hexadecimal 1BH 3FH Decimal <27> <63> IPCL none Page 116 100-88002 Rev B 8,9 10 11 12 13 Not supported 102 x 102 dpi 203 x 102 dpi 102 x 203 dpi 203 x 203 dpi 15,16 Not supported Control Codes Description The [ESC] ? command reassigns graphic resolution to resolution . Possible values for are K, L, Y, or Z referent to the [ESC] K, [ESC] L, [ESC] Y, and [ESC] Z APA graphics commands. Resolutions, , are zero to sixteen as follows: Where Mode Resolution Mode Resolution 7 144 dpi 0 60 dpi 1 2 3 4 5 6 120 dpi 120 dpi 240 dpi 80 dpi 72 dpi 90 dpi 8,9 10 11 12 13 Not supported 102 x 102 dpi 203 x 102 dpi 102 x 203 dpi 203 x 203 dpi 15,16 Not supported Note: Modes 11 through 13 are designed to support horizontal graphics and are not intended for APA graphics. [ESC] U <1> Select unidirectional print ASCII [ESC] U <1> Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 01H Decimal <27> <85> <1> IPCL &%GU EPOS ESC] U <1> Description The [ESC] U <1> is a legacy command used in impact printers to provide better graphics. It forces the printer to print all data in unidirectional print mode to improve line to line registration for graphical data. This command has no effect in this printer. [ESC] U <0> Select bidirectional print ASCII [ESC] U <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 00H Decimal <27> <85> <0> IPCL &%GB EPOS [ESC] U <0> Description The [ESC] U <0> command prints all data in bi-directional, logic-seeking print mode. This command has no effect in this printer. 100-88002 Rev B Page 117 Control Codes Horizontal Color Graphics The Epic 880TM Printer supports monochrome and color graphics sent as horizontal scan lines. Individual scan lines of graphic data are sent to the printer one line at a time. The Epic 880TM Printer supports only two color printing, however, the horizontal graphic command interface gives full color support for printer graphics. Full color support is provided to establish a full color standard for future printers. Color data is sent in one of three color planes. Typically, a red plane or scan line is sent, then green and blue. The sequence of lines defines one row of dots that is printed on the paper. The horizontal graphic commands do not include resolution information. Therefore, atleast once before sending graphics data, set the graphics resolution by sending the [ESC] * command with a zero length (no data). The graphic resolution sets the internal graphic mode of the printer. The printer stays in graphic mode until it is changed by another command. Note that the bar code generation and other graphic commands change graphics mode. The format of the horizontal graphic command follows. [ESC] h Process horizontal graphics data ASCII [ESC] h Hexadecimal 1BH 68H Decimal <27> <104> IPCL None EPOS None Description The [ESC] h command processes horizontal graphic data, where is a byte that specifies the color of the data being sent. = 0 Use Previously Selected Color 1 Red 2 Green 4 Blue = byte specifying the length of the data including the format byte, ranging from 0 to 254 (255 is reserved for future use.) = byte specifying the format of the graphics data. 0 for raw data 1 for bit wise RLE compression 8 for byte wise RLE compression 254 for difference compression 255 for same as previous scan line data = Page 118 the data bytes that define the graphics to be printed. 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Note 1: Red, green, and blue pixels set to one at the same location result in a white dot, while red, green, and blue pixels set to zero form a black dot. For black print, one represents a black dot and zero represents a white dot. Note 2: More than one color may be set at a time – for example, setting the color to six would set green and blue simultaneously. [ESC] * Set horizontal graphic mode ASCII [ESC] * <0> <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH <0> <0> Decimal <27> <42> <0> <0> IPCL none Description The [ESC] * <0> <0> command selects one of the three graphic modes specified by . The two bytes after the mode must be zero. Where 0,2,3,4,5,6,7 Standard Graphic Modes (See ESC * command documentation in previous section.) Mode 0,2,3,4,5,6,7 8,9 10 11 12 13 15,16 Resolution Standard Graphic Modes (See ESC * command documentation in previous section.) Not supported 102 x 102 dpi 203 x 102 dpi 102 x 203 dpi 203 x 203 dpi Not supported Note 1: Only modes 10 thorough 13 should be selected for horizontal graphics. Example Command Comment [ESC] * <10> <0> <0> Set resolution to 102x102 dpi. [ESC] h <1> <9> <0> Send 8-bytes red pixels. [ESC] h <2> <9> <0> Send 8-bytes green pixels. [ESC] h <3> <9> <0> Send 8-bytes blue pixels. LF Send line feed to force print of any buffered data not yet printed. 100-88002 Rev B Page 119 Control Codes Graphics Compression Although the printer compression algorithms are documented, it is recommended that our Windows printer driver be used to generate a graphic image. Our Windows’ printer driver selects the best compression method to use on a scan line by scan line basis. The print driver can be directed to print to file, creating a .prn file. When creating a .prn file, it is recommended that the Start/End Doc settings be cleared in the Start/End Doc tab of the printer properties page. After the .prn file is created, it can be read and sent to the printer by the host application. Bit wise RLE. In bit wise RLE compression, the Most Significant Bit (MSB) compression of each data byte denotes if the compressed data represents one or zero bits. Bits zero through six indicate how many bits are represented as a one or zero. A 34 Hex (34H) represents 34H bits set to zero. A 97H represents 17H bits set to one. [ESC] h <1> <5> <1> <34H> <97H> <8fH> <09H> Byte wise RLE. In byte wise RLE compression, data is represented in byte Compression pairs. The first byte is a count, and the second is the graphics data. The graphics data byte is repeated the number of times represented by the count byte. [ESC] h <1> <5> <8> <09H> <02H> <55H> Where <09H> means repeat ffH nine times and <02H> <55H> means repeat 55H two times. Difference Compression. In difference compression, data is represented in byte pairs. In compression, the first byte is an index into the byte stream, as it would exist if sent in an uncompressed format, while the second byte is the data that is different in the new scan line data; in other words, “The scan line is the same as the previous except for the byte at a specific position.” [ESC] h <1> <5> <254> <03H> <0bH> <51H> Where <03H> means use the previously transmitted scan line data but change byte 3 to a d5H and change byte 11 (0bH) to a 51H. Same-as-previous Compression. In same-as-previous compression, the command does not contain any graphics data. The command specifies that the printer is to use the previous scan line data for the current scan line. [ESC] h <1> <1> <255>. Page 120 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Simple Raster Graphics Simple Raster Graphics prints a horizontal raster of graphics data one or multiple times. Horizontal offset and number of data bytes are variable and specified by parameters. This is a legacy support command and intended to be replaced by horizontal graphics commands. This command does not support compression or color graphics. [ESC] . Simple raster graphic mode ASCII [ESC] . m n rL rH d1...dn * <0> <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 2EH m n rL rH d1…dn Decimal <27> <46> m n rL rH d1…dn IPCL none Description The [ESC]. command is a simple method of printing raster graphics, however the format does not support compression or color. Where: m: n: r: d1…dn: Range: horizontal offset from left margin = 8 x m dots number of data bytes that compose the raster number of times the raster is to be printed = 256x rH + rL data bytes 0<= m <= 80 0 <=n<=80 0<= r <= 65535 0 <= d1..dn <= 255 Note: This command can produce graphics that are difficult to print and hard on the power supply. Avoid multi-line repeats of very dark lines. In normal graphics, the printer does a look ahead at impending print and tries to adjust it’s speed to limit power consumption. This command can easily produce graphics that make that very difficult. For example a completely white space followed by a black group of lines that are less than 20 lines long will provide a transient load on the power supply that may overload it. The printer does not recognize the black data until it is too late to slow down. Normal graphics generally does not contain that kind of data. 100-88002 Rev B Page 121 Control Codes User Store (Graphic Save and Macros) The Epic 880TM Printer maintains about 2.5 Megabytes of flash memory to save user information. The information can be either macros or graphic images. To allow the host application to maintain these groups of data, a series of user store maintenance commands are available. As referenced earlier in this manual, the user can define a limited number of custom characters and define a macro. These character/macro definitions can also be saved in user store. However, only one character definition and one macro can be active at any time. One macro definition can be flagged to load and run at startup. If a flag is set, the printer will automatically process the macro at initialization. Programming Considerations The flash (nonvolatile) memory has a limited number of write cycle operations. Consequently, the number of saves should be limited. The buffer should not be saved on a transaction by transaction basis, but rather a maximum of once per day. The buffer is initially about 16K6 bytes long. All commands7 and print data are placed in the buffer and must be included in the size limits. The printer does not indicate when the buffer is full. The application must make sure that the buffer is not overfilled. The printer simply stops saving information when it is full. As the buffer fills, the input data is printed normally. The effect of the macro start command is to clear the buffer and to start to save the input data. The macro stop command stops saving data and initializes internal pointers for the next print. To store the data in the nonvolatile flash, it must be named and saved by one of the user-store save commands. When the macro buffer is inserted into the data stream, configuration commands (like font or pitch changes) remain in effect after the macro is processed. Illegal commands are placed in the buffer and take up space. Horizontal graphics should be sent to the printer compressed. If the data is not compressed, it is saved in the macro buffer. If the buffer is saved into the user-store nonvolatile flash, there must be enough room in the user store for all of the data. As user-store space is used, the macro buffer will be larger than the available space in user store. Only the used space is saved, but it is possible to define a macro that does not fit in the remaining user-store space. Defining Macros Macros can be defined two ways. The first is by using the begin and end named macro commands. These commands start the recording process and automatically save the macro when it is complete. The macro data is not processed, as it is sent to the printer. 6 The actual buffer is smaller because of the overhead. IPCL commands are converted by the printer into an equivalent [ESC] code and then placed in the save buffer. The equivalent [ESC] code should be used to calculate the size of the save buffer data. 7 Page 122 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes The second saves the received data to a RAM buffer and then saves the buffer by command. In this case data is actually processed as it is received. Begin/End Macro Without proceeding data Function Begin named macro record ASCII [ESC] [US] b <0> Then send the data to be recorded. The printer does not process the data. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function ASCII End name macro record [ESC] [US] e <0> Begin/End Macro While proceeding data The second way to define macros is to use [ESC] g commands to define the macro, and then the save macro data command to save the data. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function Save macro data ASCII [ESC] [US] m <0> Saving User-defined Characters. To save user-defined characters, first define the character set. 100-88002 Rev B Page 123 Control Codes User Store Commands Function Load item from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] l <0> Description If the item referenced is a user-defined character set, it is loaded into the current definition. If it is a macro, it is loaded into the macro buffer. It is not processed or printed. To help maintain the user-store area, the following commands can be used. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function Flag as a start-up macro ASCII [ESC] [US] s <0> Description The [ESC] [US] s <0> command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup. No more than one user character definition and user data item may be flagged. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function Remove item from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] e <0> Description The [ESC] [US] e <0> command removes an item from user store and frees up its space. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function Flush information from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> Base User Store or [ESC] [US] f EXT <0> Extended User Store. Description The [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> command clears all of the information to the user store and frees the data space. The [ESC] [US] f EXT <0> command clears all of the information in the extended the user store. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Function Report on user store ASCII ESC] [US] q <0> Description The [ESC] [US] q <0> prints or returns information about the contents of and available space in user store. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: A configuration option is available that locks the user store data. The configuration option prevents the occurrence of new user store data operation until the lock is manually reset and accidental deletion of the saved information. The user-defined character buffer and/or user data buffer may be redefined and used but cannot be stored. Page 124 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Begin named macro record ASCII [ESC] [US] b <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 62H Decimal <27> <31> <98> IPCL &%UB <0> EPOS none Description The [ESC] [US] b <0> command erases the current macro, initializes the macro buffer structure, and redirects the following data to the macro buffer. It uses the field as a reference. If the name already exists in the flash user store, the command is ignored. The command must be followed by the “End name macro record” command with the same name. If the data that follows is larger than the macro buffer (about 16K), the macro definition is terminated without saving any data. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function End named macro record ASCII [ESC] [US] e <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 65H Decimal <27> <31> <101> IPCL &%UG <0> EPOS none Description The [ESC] [US] e <0> command ends the macro record operation and saves the macro to flash. It uses the field to verify the command end and must match the “Begin named macro record” command. If the name already exists in the flash user store or the macro memory is exceeded, the command is valid, and the field prints. If there is not enough room in the flash user store for the macro, the save is not performed, but the macro buffer is valid. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Save macro data in user store ASCII [ESC] [US] m <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 6DH Decimal <27> <31> <109> IPCL &%UM <0> EPOS [GS] -… <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated. Description The [ESC] [US] m <0> command saves the current macro buffer structure into the flash user-store area. It uses the field as a reference name. If the name already exists in the flash user store, the command does not store the data. 100-88002 Rev B Page 125 Control Codes The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Load item from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] l <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 6CH Decimal <27> <31> <108> IPCL &%UL <0> EPOS [GS] 0 <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated. Description The [ESC] [US] l <0> command loads the referenced item into the appropriate structure. If the item referenced is a user-defined character set, it is loaded into the current user-character definition, which does not affect the active state of user-defined characters. If it is a macro, it is loaded into the macro buffer, but it is not inserted into the data stream. [ESC] g <0> inserts the macro buffer into the data stream. If the named item does not exist, the command does nothing. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT>n> on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Run macro data from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] r <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 72H Decimal <27> <31> <114> IPCL &%UR <0> EPOS [GS] 0 <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated. Description The [ESC] [US] r <0> command loads the referenced macro into the macro buffer. The macro buffer is then inserted into the data stream. If the named item does not exist or is not a macro, nothing happens. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Flag item as a start-up macro ASCII [ESC] [US] s <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 73H Decimal <27> <31> <115> IPCL &%US <0> EPOS [GS] 0 <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated. Page 126 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Description The [ESC] [US] s <0> command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup. Only one user character definition and one macro may be flagged to run at startup. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page128 Note: If a character definition is loaded at startup, it is automatically made active. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Delete item from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] d <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 64H Decimal <27> <31> <100> IPCL &%UD <0> EPOS [GS] 1 <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated. Description The [ESC] [US] d <0> command removes an item from user store and frees up space. If the item does not exist, the command does nothing. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT>n> on page 128. Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension. Function Flush information from user store ASCII [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> User Store. Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 66H 00H Decimal <27> <31> <102> <0> IPCL &%UF EPOS [GS] 5 Description The [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> command clears all entries in user store and frees the data space. It must have the name, “ALL” (in uppercase) attached. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT>n> on page 128. Function Report on user store ASCII [ESC] [US] q <0> Print a user store report Or [ESC] [US] ? <0> Return a formatted user store report Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 71H Decimal <27> <31> <113> IPCL &%UQ <0> EPOS [GS] 3 Description The [ESC] [US] q <0> command prints a status report. The file name is ignored and may be omitted. The NUL must be present. The intention of the command is to aid in macro development. 100-88002 Rev B Page 127 Control Codes The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T or &%UT on page 128. Note: The report is also printed as part of the configuration report. Function Redefine User Store Termination Character ASCII [ESC] [EM] T Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 54H Decimal <27> <25> <84> IPCL &%UT EPOS None Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name field in User Store commands to be modified. The value of is used (in addition to the <0>) for the terminator. The value of n may be from 0 to 255. The default value for the second terminator is &. If this command redefines the terminator to something other than &, the & will no longer function. Example If &%UT% were sent to the printer, the user store command to run macro “Demo” would be &%URDemo%. Page 128 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Legacy User Macros The following commands are provided for legacy support. They are not intended for new applications. [ESC] g <0> Process user macro ASCII [ESC] g <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 00H Decimal <27> <103> <0> IPCL &%GP EPOS [ESC] g <0> Description The [ESC] g <0> command prints the user-store data buffer. [ESC] g <1> Start macro record ASCII [ESC] g <1> Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 01H Decimal <27> <103> <1> IPCL &%GS EPOS ESC] g <1> Description The [ESC] g <1> command clears the user-store data buffer and begins recording data. The next 2000 bytes (including characters and commands) are recorded. [ESC] g <2> Stop macro record ASCII [ESC] g <2> Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 02H Decimal <27> <103> <2> IPCL &%GE EPOS [ESC] g <2> Description The [ESC] g <2> command stops recording user-store data information. The buffer is not saved into the nonvolatile memory. [ESC] g <3> Stop macro record and save ASCII [ESC] g <3> Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 03H Decimal <27> <103> <3> IPCL &%GW EPOS [ESC] g <3> 100-88002 Rev B Page 129 Control Codes Description The [ESC] g <3> command stops recording graphic save information. The buffer is saved into the user-store nonvolatile memory under the name, “ESCg3_Save” Note: The [ESC] g <3> command is supplied for compatibility with the Series 80PLUS and 90PLUS printers. Page 130 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Bar Codes The Epic 880TM Printer supports the ability to print bar codes. The printer offers a number of formats as defined below. The host does not need to form the graphic image for these bar codes. The host need only send the printer the information to be bar coded and a graphic is generated by the printer. In some cases, a check character is required by the format. In most cases, the printer generates the check character and inserts it correctly in the format. The printer uses internal graphic modes to form bar code images, and the images are adjusted for ink bleed. In general, the bar codes generated by sending graphic data to the printer are not as readable as the bar codes the printer generates. Bar codes are printed at a 203 x 203 resolution. Barcodes may be printed horizontally or vertically. When printed vertically the length of the barcode can be greater (i.e. more characters can be printed). You can not print human readable interpretation (HRI) characters in vertical mode. It is generally better to print vertical barcodes by printing horizontal barcodes in page mode rotated 90° or 270°. You can then mix HRI and other text with the barcodes. Function Print bar code ASCII [ESC] b {information} [ETX] Hexadecimal 1BH 62H ... 03H Decimal <27> <98> ... <3> IPCL &%25 ... [CR] Interleaved 2 of 5 &%39 ... [CR] Code 39 &%12 ... [CR] Code 128 &%28 . Code 128 (allows a two character length, preceding the information) &%UP ... [CR] UPC A &%UE ... [CR] UPC E &%EA .. [CR] EAN-13 &%E8 ... [CR] EAN-8 &%93 .. [CR] Code 93 &%CB .. [CR] Codabar EPOS [ESC] b or [GS] k Description The [ESC] b {information} [ETX] command prints information as a bar code. The bar code is centered on the print zone. Where n = 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 Interleaved 2 of 5 Numeric (0-9) only; must be even number of digits Code 39 26 uppercase letters (A-Z); 10 digits (0-9) (See description for full 128 character set support) Code 128 (See description for character set selection) UPC A Numeric (0-9) only; 11 digits EAN-13 Numeric (0-9) only; 12 digits UPC E Numeric (0-9) only; 11 digits EAN-8 Numeric (0-9) only; 7 digits Code 93 26 letters; 10 digits (0-9); and 7 special characters Codabar 10 digits (0-9); 4 start/stop characters, A, B, C, and D; and 6 special characters. PDF-417 2D alpha Numeric (See notes below) EAN-14 Numeric (0-9) only 14 digits 100-88002 Rev B Page 131 Control Codes Note: You may print barcodes in page mode. If you rotate these barcodes 90° or 180° you can get significantly longer barcodes. Interleaved 2 of 5 Interleaved 2 of 5 is a high-density, self-checking, continuous, numeric bar code. It is mainly used where fixed-length numeric fields are required. The data field must be an even number of characters. If an odd data field is sent to the Epic 880TM printer, it will be zero padded. Due to space limitations, only 16 characters can be printed. Code 39 Code 39 is an alphanumeric bar code. It is a discrete, self-checking, variable-length code. The printer prints the complete data field. The number of characters that can be printed depends on the bar width scaling. If the bar code scale is set to 2, 17 characters may be printed per line. There are two modes of operation for the Code 39 barcodes. The first is in a variable length format. In this mode all characters sent to the printer will be printed up to the termination character. Only 0-9, A-Z -, period, and space may be printed. $, %, +, and / Characters may be used as escape characters for full 128 character support. If illegal characters are passed to the printer, they are converted to legal codes. (For example, a would be converted to A). In full 128 character mode, the printer will encode the full 128 character set. In this mode, the first character received must be the length. IE. [ESC]k<1>… where n specifies the number of characters to follow. The characters following n characters may be from 0 to 127. Values greater than 127 are converted to printable characters by removing the 8th bit. Page 132 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes The following table specifies the Code 39 character set. ASCII NUL SOH STX ETH EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US Code %U $A $B $C $D $E $F $G $H $I $J $K $L $M $N $O $P $Q $R $S $T $U $V $W $X $Y $Z %A %B %C %D %E ASCII SP ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? Code Space /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L . /O 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 /Z %F %G %H %I %J ASCII @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ Code %V A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z %K %L %M %N %O ASCII ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ DEL Code %W +A +B +C +D +E +F +G +H +I +J +K +L +M +N +O +P +Q +R +S +T +U +V +W +X +Y +Z %P %Q %R %S %T Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding Code 128 Code 128 is an alphanumeric bar code. It is a high-density, variable-length, continuous code, which employs multiple element widths. Code 128 has three possible start codes. The start code defines the code set, Code A, B, or C that will be used to generate the barcode. The Epic 880TM allows the code set to be specified, or it can be select by the printer based on the information in the data field. To specify code set: [ESC] b <2> {information} [ETX] If the first character in the data field is a start code as shown in Figure 29 below, the printer will print the complete data field from the selected set. Due to space limitations, only ten characters can be printed. The check digit is generated and printed by the printer. Characters are also specified as shown in Figure 29. To have the printer selected code set and automatically generate an optimal barcode, the value of Code should be the length. [ESC] b <2> {information} 100-88002 Rev B Page 133 Control Codes If the first character is from 1 to 31, the printer will automatically select Code A, B, or C depending on the data present. If the data is all numeric, the data can be printed as pairs. This effectively doubles the amount of data that can be printed. The check digit is generated and printed by the printer. Note: If the first character is greater than <31> and not <135> through <137>, the printer will discard the first character and print the data as defined in Code A.. Space is defined as a <0>, which makes programming difficult and causes control character conflicts for the printer. To solve the problem, the Epic 880TM Printer subtracts 32 from all characters that are to be included in the bar code. In the Code 128 definition, an ‘A’ is <33>; however, the printer converts an ASCII ‘A’ (<65>) to a <33> internally. This sets Code 128C and the start codes off by 32. Barcode 128 consists of 107 unique symbols. 101 of the symbols take on different meanings based on the start code or an embedded shift code sequence. Code stick A consists of alphanumeric characters and ASCII control codes (see the table below). Code stick B consists of Alpha numeric with lower case alpha, Code stick C consists of numeric pairs. In automatic mode, any ASCII data from 0 to 127 could be entered. Values less than 32 will be encoded as Code stick A NUL- US, values from 96 through 127 will be encoded from Code stick B. Where ever possible numeric pairs will be encoded from Code stick C. In the past, FNC1, FNC2, FNC3, and FNC4 have not been accessible to the programmer. The EAN 128 barcode requires that FNC1 be made available. To provide EAN 128 compatibility, the acceptable character range has been expanded by 10 to include the ability to specify FNC1, FNC2, FNC3 and FNC4. In automatic mode, values of 130-132 will be accepted, however, the resulting barcode may be unreadable. 128 Code Valu e in Deci mal FNC3 128 FNC2 129 Not 130 Valid 131 132 FNC4 133 FNC1 134 Start A 135 Start B 136 Start C 137 Figure 29 Expanded Function Coding Valu e in Hex 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 Note: In automatic mode, FNC4 is always specified as 133 regardless of what code stick is currently active. Page 134 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes In most cases, the TransAct® supreme will generate the most compact barcode for you. However, if it is desirable to have complete control, the programmer should use manual mode. 100-88002 Rev B Page 135 Control Codes Code A Space ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U Code Stick Code B Space ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U Code C 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 Code 128 Value 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 TransAct Manual Encoding Decimal Hex Value Value 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 Code 128 Encoding Code A V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ NUL SOH STX ETH EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US FNC3 FNC2 Shift Code C Code B FNC4 Code Stick Code Code B C V 54 W 55 X 56 Y 57 Z 58 [ 59 \ 60 ] 61 ^ 62 _ 63 ` 64 a 65 b 66 c 67 d 68 e 69 f 70 g 71 h 72 i 73 j 74 k 75 l 76 m 77 n 78 o 79 p 80 q 81 r 82 s 83 t 84 u 85 v 86 w 87 x 88 y 89 z 90 { 91 | 92 } 93 ~ 94 DEL 95 FNC3 96 FNC2 97 Shift 98 Code 99 C FNC4 Code B Code Code A A FNC1 Start Code A Start Code B Start Code C Stop Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding Values Page 136 100-88002 Rev B Code 128 Value TransAct Manual Encoding Decimal Hex Value Value 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F 80 81 82 83 100 132 84 101 133 85 102 103 104 105 - 134 135 136 137 - 86 87 88 89 Control Codes UPC A UPC A is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths. The printer supports Universal Product Code Version A, E, EAN-8, and EAN-13. Version A encodes 11 digits. Typically, the UPC A format starts with a number system digit, five-digit manufacturer’s code, five-digit product code, and a check digit. The printer makes no assumptions about any of the codes except the check digit. The printer prints an UPC bar code with the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check digit. If fewer than 11 digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer prints an UPC that is about 130% the size of the UPC nominal standard, which provides optimal readability. UPC E UPC E is a zero suppression version of UPC. The printer requires that the first digit is zero for number system zero. If it is not zero, the bar code is not printed. The printer does the compression based on the compression rules for UPC E, prints an UPC bar code based on the 11 digits sent to it, and generates the check digit. If fewer than 11 digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer prints an UPC that is about 130% the size of the UPC nominal standard, which provides optimal readability. EAN-13 EAN-13 is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths. The printer supports EAN-13, which is a superset of UPC that encodes 12 digits. Typically, the format starts with a number set digit, which defines how the next six digits are encoded. The next five digits have fixed encoding. The last is a check digit. The printer prints an EAN-13 bar code with the 12 digits sent to it and generates the check digit. If fewer than 12 digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer prints an EAN-13 bar code that is about 130% the size of the nominal standard, which provides optimal readability. EAN-8 EAN-8 is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths. The printer supports EAN-8, which is a superset of UPC that encodes seven digits. The printer prints an EAN-8 bar code with the seven digits sent to it and generates the check digit. If fewer than seven digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer prints an EAN-8 bar code that is about 130% the size of the nominal standard, which provides optimal readability. EAN-14 EAN-14 It is a high-density, fixed-length, numeric, continuous code, which employs multiple element widths. EAN-14, is a subset of Code 128 that encodes FNC1 and 14 digit pairs. If fewer than 14 digits are sent, leading zeros will be added to complete the code. Code 93 Code 93 is a variable-length, alphanumeric bar code. The complete data field is printed by the printer. Due to space limitations, only 10 characters can be printed. Codabar Codabar is a variable-length format, primarily used for numeric symbols. It offers 16 data characters, including the numeric digits zero through nine, and -, $, :, /, ., and +. 100-88002 Rev B Page 137 Control Codes Four unique start/stop characters, designated A, B, C, and D, are also available. Due to space limitations, only 12 characters can be printed. Note 1: A [CR] may also be used in place of the [ETX] to end the bar code data field. Note 2: Only information that is usable in a particular bar code will be printed. PDF 417 PDF 417 is a two dimensional barcode that will encode the full ASCII character set. As it encodes the full set including control characters, the length of the following data must be provided to the printer. The form of the command is as follows: [ESC]b<9> Where the data length is (nH * 256) + nL. The length is limited to be from 1 to 2048 characters. To control the formation of the barcode, the X and Y aspect ratios, rows and columns, and error correction levels can be altered. Function PDF 417 bar code control ASCII [ESC] [EM] E Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 45H Decimal <27> <25> <69> IPCL None EPOS None Description This command alters the way PDF 417 barcodes are generated and printed. Where f = Feature to control and v = the value of the feature. f = C, 43H, 67 Set encoding columns. v = 1-30, 0 sets to auto f = R, 52H, 82 Set encoding rows. v = 3-90, 0 sets to auto. f = X, 58H, 88 Set encoding X aspect. v = 2-6, 3 is default. f = Y, 59H, 89 Set encoding Y aspect. v = 2-32, 9 is default f = E, 45H, 69 Set error correction level. If v between 1 and 40 it is interpreted as a percentage of the data. If v is between 48 and 56 it is set to a specific level of 0 to 8. If v = 0, it will return it to the default setting of 10%. Typically the row and columns should be set to 0 so that auto encoding will be used. The X and Y aspect represent the number of dots horizontally and vertically to form the smallest image element. Values of 2 for each produce very small elements, and is probably too small unless good paper is used. The defaults are 3 by 9, which produce easily readable barcodes. Error correcting levels are selected using one of two methods. The first is a fixed level. Page 138 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes v 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Code Word 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The second way is to determine correction level based on the amount of data in the barcode. This is determined by calculating a correction ration based on the formula: Cf = (v * 0.1 * Len) Cf 0-3 4-10 11-20 21-45 46-100 101-200 201-400 401 Up Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Code Word 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 Function Set bar code height ASCII [ESC] [EM] B Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 42H Decimal <27> <25> <66> IPCL &%BH EPOS [GS] h Description The [ESC] [EM] B command sets the bar code height where *24 is the number dots. The default is n = 4, and results in a barcode that is about 0.47 inches high. 100-88002 Rev B Page 139 Control Codes Function Set bar code width ASCII [ESC] [EM] W Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 57H Decimal <27> <25> <87> IPCL &%BW EPOS [GS] w Description The [ESC] [EM] w command sets the minimum bar width. The value may be between 1 and 8. The default is 3. Note: A value of 1 may result in barcodes that are unreadable with some readers. Function Set bar code justification, human readable interpretation (HRI) character print mode, and print direction ASCII [ESC] [EM] J Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 4AH Decimal <27> <25> <74> IPCL &%BJ EPOS none The power on default is center justified with HRI characters not printed. Description The [ESC] [EM] J command selects the operation of the bar code justification, HRI characters, and print direction. Where n bits n IPCL 76543210 ------xx Justified 0 00 ------00 Left 1 01 ------01 Center 2 02 ------10 Right --xx---HRI characters 0 00 --00---Not printed 16 16 --01---Printed above the bar code 32 32 --10---Printed below the bar code 48 48 --11---Printed above and below the bar code -x-----Vertical print mode. (Page mode may work better) 0 00 -0-----Bar code printed in horizontal direction (default) 64 64 -100---Bar code printed in vertical direction Note 1: The [ESC] [EM] J command only affects bar code printing. Note 2: HRI is not available in vertical print mode. You may print normal barcodes in page mode, which will provide for HRI and significantly longer barcodes. Page 140 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Electronic Journal The Epic 880TM has the capability to store electronic journal8 data in flash memory. There are two ways entries can be made into the electronic journal. The first is by selecting the journal station. The second is by requesting that print data be placed into the electronic journal. Before the electronic journal can be used, it must be configured and initialized. Configuring the Electronic Journal The Epic 880TM has about9 1024K bytes of flash that can be assigned to the electronic journal or to extended user store. The 1024K is segmented in 64K segments, which may be assigned to either to electronic journal or extended user store. That is you can assign 2 segments or 128K to the electronic journal and the remaining segments will be assigned to extended user store. When electronic journal is in use, you cannot reconfigure the configuration of the extended flash memory. If you want to reconfigure the flash, the electronic journal must be erased. To erase the electronic journal you must know the password that was assigned when it was initialized. When printers are initially configured by TransAct, the extended flash is erased and partitioned but not initialized. Before you use the electronic journal you must initialize it. CAUTION: You can use the extended user store without initializing the electronic journal. If any data has been stored in the extended user store, it will be lost if the extended flash is repartitioned. CAUTION: The printer does not stop if the electronic journal runs out of memory. If the printer were to stop there would be no way for the host to print and clear the journal. The host system should monitor the Journal with the [ENQ]<25> command. This command will return the electronic journal status and report how much memory is remaining (See page 145). When the free electronic journal space is less than a predetermined amount, the journal should be printed or retrieved and then reinitialized. Electronic Journal Security Electronic journal security is provided by applying a password to the erase feature of the electronic journal. Additionally, there is a factory set configuration that disables the ability for the operator to print the journal through the keypad. It is possible to assign a blank password to the electronic journal. If this is done either through the keypad or by host control, the manual print mode will be allowed to erase and reinitialize the journal. 8 It must be noted that the TransAct® Epic 880TM does not maintain the current time or date. If a journal entry is to contain the time and/or date, the host system must transfer this as printable text. 100-88002 Rev B Page 141 Control Codes It is up to the end user of the Epic 880TM to implement and use the level of security that is required. CAUTION: If you have initialized the electronic journal and don’t know the password, there is no way to erase the electronic journal without returning the printer for service. The warranty does not cover this. All Epic 880TM’s are shipped with the electronic journal partitioned and erased but not initialized. Initializing the Electronic Journal Once the electronic journal is partitioned, it can be initialized. Initializing the electronic journal sets the password and formats the flash to accept journal entries. Each entry may be any length up to 8K, and entries greater than 8K are truncated. Entries will be added to the electronic journal until it is full. If the electronic journal is full, entries will be lost. The [ENQ]<25> command can be used to query the state of the electronic journal. Electronic Journal Configuration and Reporting Commands Function Initialize and Set Password ASCII [ESC][GS]I<0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 49H <0x00> Decimal <27> <29><73> <0> IPCL &%EI& EPOS Description This command initializes the electronic journal and sets the password that allows the electronic journal to be erased. The password may be up to 14 characters and may contain any alphanumeric characters. Note: The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password. Function Erase the Electronic Journal ASCII [ESC][GS]E<0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 45H <0x00> Decimal <27> <29><50> <0> IPCL &%EC& EPOS Description This command erases all of the electronic journal. The password was set using the [ESC][GS]I command. Note: The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password. Page 142 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Print the Electronic Journal ASCII [ESC][GS]P< Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 50H < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> Decimal <27> <29><80> < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> IPCL &%EP (L and S are 4 digits ie. 00100020 for 20 records starting at 10) EPOS Description This command prints all or part of the electronic journal. *256 + specifies the first record to be printed and *256 + specifies the number of records to print. If *256 + are 0, records from the specified start to the last record are printed. Setting both start and end to 0 will print the complete contents of the electronic journal. Note: The first record is identified as record 1. Function Report the Electronic Journal ASCII [ESC][GS]R< Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 52H < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> Decimal <27> <29><82> < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh> IPCL &%EQ (L and S are 4 digits ie. 00100020 for 20 records starting at 10) EPOS Description This command reports all or part of the electronic journal. *256 + specifies the first record to be printed and *256 + specifies the number of records to report. If *256 + are 0, all records from the specified start to the end are reported. Setting both start and end to 0 will report the complete contents of the journal. Note: The first record is identified as record 1. The report format will be as follows: [STX] Record number [SOH] Record Text [ETX] … [EOT] 100-88002 Rev B Page 143 Control Codes Function Set the Electronic Journal Record Header ASCII [ESC][GS]F<0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 46H Decimal <27> <29><70> IPCL None EPOS Description This command allows the record separator that is printed between records to be changed. The default format is: \r\nRecord %d\r\n Where: \r represents CR, \n represents LF, %d represents the position of the record number. Note: The %d must be present. Note: This follows standard “C” programming conventions. Most standard “C” formatting print parameters may be used. Note: The record header may be totally disabled by a configuration option. Function ASCII Or Print/Report an Electronic Journal Log [ESC][GS]L Print the report [ESC][GS]l Return the report Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 4CH or 6CH Decimal <27> <29><76> or <108> IPCL &%UL (No IPCL for returning the report) EPOS Description This command prints or returns a summary of the electronic journal. The format is as follows: Electronic journal is inactive. (The electronic journal is off, or not initialized) or Electronic journal has xxxx Records and is full. or Electronic journal has xxxx Records with yyyyyy bytes free. Page 144 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Query the Electronic Journal ASCII [ENQ]<25> Hexadecimal 05H 19H Decimal <05> <25> IPCL None EPOS Description This is a real time status request that returns the current state of the electronic journal. Return Format: [NAK]<25><42> [NAK] EJ is not active. It is either off, not initialized or full. If nH*256 + nL is not zero, the EJ is available but not initialized and nH*256 + nLis the available space in K (1024) bytes. or [ACK]<25><42> [ACK] the EJ is active an available and nH*256 + nLis the available space in K (1024) bytes. 100-88002 Rev B Page 145 Control Codes Printing/Reporting and Resetting the Electronic Journal The electronic journal may be printed on the receipt or reported to the host. The printed report will print each journal entry with an entry separator defined by the user (or, if not defined, with a default). The journal can be erased and reinitialized at any time. It is up to the host application to assure the electronic journal is reported or printed before it is erased. To provide some level of security on the erase process, the erase function is password protected. The password is set by the previous initialize command. See the [ESC][GS]I and E commands for further details. There are two ways to print the electronic journal: one is under host control, and the second is by entering journal print mode and using the keypad to control the printout. Journal Entries and using Journal Print Mode Journal print mode can be used to initialize, print then erase the electronic journal. To provide a level of security for the journal, if the electronic journal is initialized under software control and a password is provided, the electronic journal cannot be erased in journal print mode. There is also a factory configured mode that completely disables this feature. To enter Journal Print Mode: 1. Press and hold the FEED10 Button until the PAPER indicator illuminates (Approximately 2 seconds) 2. Follow the directions printed on the receipt to select the desired option. The available options are: 1. Initialize Journal. (If the electronic journal is not initialized) 2. Print Complete Journal. 3. Erase Complete Journal. (If the electronic journal is not password protected) 4. Print Last 20 Records 5. Print First Record. 6. Skip 10 Records. 7. Back 10 Records. 8. Print Remaining Journal. 9. Print Last Record. When journal print is entered, the printer will print a short list of instructions, the available options, a summary of the total number of records in the journal, and the amount of space left. 10 The FEED button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the FEED button, the printer will feed and cut a short thicket. This is intended to clear the printer after changing paper. By pressing and holding the FEED button for a longer time, two additional features may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter journal maintenance mode. Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected. After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate. This indicates that Journal mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate indicating configuration mode is selected. Page 146 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Journal Print Mode Options Initialize Journal If this option is offered, the journal has never been initialized. Selecting this option will initialize the journal with no password. Once initialized, the journal configuration cannot be changed unless the journal is erased by command. Print Complete Journal. This option will print the complete journal log from record 1 to the end. The printer will use the default configuration and emulation to print the log. That is if the printer is configured for TransAct® PcOS emulation and set to 6 lpi, large draft 16 cpi, the printer will print the log with these defaults. If a journal entry has been saved with print mode settings they will take effect for all following entries. Erase Complete Journal. If the electronic journal is not password protected, this option will erase the complete journal and reinitialize it. Printing part of the journal. • Print Last 20 Records • Print First Record. • Skip 10 Records. • Back 10 Records. • Print Remaining Journal. • Print Last Record. These commands will allow part of the journal to be printed. For example if the last 10 journal entries are to be printed, select print last record, then back 10 and then print remaining journal. Security The security of the journal is up to the user. If the journal is host controlled, it should be password protected and if manual printing is not desirable, the printer should be configured so as to disable manual printing. The TransAct® printer configuration utility will allow set and clear this feature. When Epic 880TM printers leave the factory, the electronic journal is erased and is not initialized. 100-88002 Rev B Page 147 Control Codes Electronic Journal Entries There are two ways to place information in the electronic journal. The first is by selecting journal mode. The second is by requesting that validation or receipt information is copied into the electronic journal. If you select journal mode, information sent to the printer is not printed, but stored in the flash memory. The information is stored as records in a linked list. Whenever a “journal mode begin” command is received, a new record is started. When journal mode is exited, the record is finished, closed and the link updated. This journal mode is intended to be printed at a later time. No printer control codes are allowed in the journal. Only [CR], [HT] and [LF] commands are allowed. Any other control character will end the journal record. Use [EOT] or [NUL] to provide the most graceful exit from journal mode. The other way to place information in the electronic journal is with carbon copy mode. In this mode select information sent to the validation or receipt station is carbon copied into the electronic journal. A record is started with the “Electronic Journal Begin” command and ended with the “Electronic Journal End” command. There is an “Electronic Journal Suspend” and “Electronic Journal Resume” which allows some information not to be saved. [esc][P<12[esc]I<1>[esc]0[esc]a<1> [ESC][@<4><0><0><0><34><2>[ESC]c<1> QUICK MART[CR][LF] [ESC][@<4><0><0><0><17><1> 1234 Rt1 Anytown,CT[CR][LF] [esc]c<0>[esc]I<0> 203-123-4567[cr][lf] [esc][P<15>[esc]a<0>[CR][LF] [esc]l<3> Start journal record ---{Date:0} {Time:0:}--[cr][lf] ST# 2000 OP# 00067 TE# 021 0035[CR][LF] [esc]l<2> Suspend the record KLEENEX FAM D04 QTY 1 1.68 J[CR][LF] RITZ D01 QTY 1 2.50 D[CR][LF] CHIPS D01 QTY 1 1.50 D[CR][LF] STORAGE BAG D04 QTY 1 1.50 J[CR][LF] [esc]<1> Resume the record SUB TOTAL 8.68[CR][LF] SALES TAX 1.50[CR][LF] ------[CR][LF] TOTAL 10.18[CR][LF] CASH TEND 20.00[CR][LF] [ESC]c<1> CHANGE DUE 9.82[CR][LF] [ESC]c<0> [esc]l<0> End the record [esc]a<1>[LF][LF][ESC][@<4><0><0><0><34><2> THANK YOU [CR][LF] [ESC][@<4><0><0><0><17><1> FOR SHOPPING WITH US[cr][lf] [esc]a<0>[esc]d<15>[esc]v Page 148 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes The resulting journal entry would then only contain: ---{Date:0} {Time:0:}-ST# 2000 OP# 00067 TE# 021 0035 SUB TOTAL 8.68 SALES TAX 1.50 -----TOTAL 10.18 CASH TEND 20.00 CHANGE DUE 9.82 In carbon copy mode any printer control commands in the record data will be added to the journal record. As the records are printed, those commands will be used to format the print. Some care should be taken to assure that only format control command that you intend to be printed later get in the journal. Note: Information is gathered in packets or 16 bytes. If power is lost before the record is closed, up to 16 bytes of information may be lost. The link list will be repaired, with data loss, when power is next applied. 100-88002 Rev B Page 149 Control Codes Journal mode Journal mode is a station select command. All data sent to the printer, following the journal mode select command, is stored in the EJ as a single record. Any control commands sent to the electronic journal will end the journal entry. An EOT, NUL or any printer command will end journal mode. Typically an EOT, CAN or station select will be used to end the journal mode. Function Electronic Journal Mode Begin ASCII [ESC]{ Hexadecimal 1BH 7BH Decimal <27> <123> IPCL None EPOS Description The function enters journal mode. When in journal mode, commands are parsed and any command that is not appropriate is removed, causes journal mode to exit, or is saved. In general commands to involve printer operation are ignored, Commands that will cause a basic change in the printer like the [ESC]@ Initialize printer command stop the journal entry. Commands that return a response from the printer are not placed in the journal. All other commands are placed in the journal, and will be processed when the journal is printed. The [EOT] (4 or 4H) and CAN (24 or 14H) will cause the journal to stop and will not be processed again. In typical operation, a station select command should be used to exit journal mode. Note that any station select including another Journal select will close the journal entry. If a Journal select is processed in Journal mode, the current record will be closed, and a new record opened. Page 150 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Carbon Copy Journal Mode Carbon copy mode allows information sent to the receipt or validation station to be copied into the electronic journal. An electronic journal entry is started with a “Start Carbon Copy” mode command and continues until a station select command is received or a “Stop Carbon Copy” command is received. The carbon copy operation may be suspended and restarted by a “Carbon Copy Suspend” and “Carbon Copy Resume” command. (Note: “Carbon Copy Suspend” and “Carbon Copy Resume” commands do not generate new electronic journal records.) Function Electronic Carbon Copy Begin ASCII [ESC]l <3> Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH<3> Decimal <27> <108><3> IPCL &%EB EPOS Description This command begins a carbon copy journal entry. Function Electronic Carbon Copy Suspend ASCII [ESC]l <2> Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH<2> Decimal <27><108><2> IPCL &%ES EPOS Description This command temporarily suspends carbon copy journal entry. Function Electronic Carbon Copy Resume ASCII [ESC]l <1> Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH<1> Decimal <27><108><1> IPCL &%ER EPOS Description This command resumes a temporarily suspended carbon copy journal entry. Function Electronic Carbon Copy End ASCII [ESC]l <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH<0> Decimal <27> <108><0> IPCL &%EE EPOS Description This command ends a carbon copy journal entry. 100-88002 Rev B Page 151 Control Codes Transport Control The Epic 880TM is available with a transport that allows a printed ticket to be delivered only after the ticket is cut. To allow configuration and control of this feature several commands are provided. Note see [ENQ]<29> below for Jam and Transport status. The Epic 880 has a ticket retract feature. It can be configured to automatically retract a ticket after a period of time or by command. This is configurable in the configuration or by command. Function Set Transport Mode and Maximum ticket Loop ASCII [ESC] i Hexadecimal 1BH 69H Decimal <27> <105> Description This command configured the transport operation and sets the maximum ticket loop allowed to be captured by the transport. There are three features configured by this command. This first is if the transport will hold or drop the delivered ticket. The second is if the Cut command will automatically deliver the ticket through the transport. The third is how long of a ticket may be stored in the transport before it is cut. Where: f = Feature and v = setting if f = 1 then v sets the maximum ticket that can be stored in the transport. where v = 3 to 16 inches. if f = 2 then v sets the Drop of Hold setting. where v = 1 for drop and 0 for hold. if f = 3 then v sets the Cut and transport mode. where v = 0 the cut command will also transport the ticket. If v = 1 the cut will not transport the ticket. The ticket must be transported by command. if f = 4 then v sets the auto retract timeout in seconds. If v = 0 the auto retract is off. This value remains in affect until changed by this command or the printer is reset. A printer reset will load the configured timeout. Function Deliver Ticket ASCII [ESC] k Hexadecimal 1BH 6BH Decimal <27> <107> Description This command will deliver a previously cut ticket. This command requires that the Cut/Transport mode be set to cut only. Function Transport Feed ASCII [ESC] j Hexadecimal 1BH 6AH Decimal <27> <106> Description This command feeds the transport independently of the print paper feed. This command may be used to drop a previously held ticket or clear the transport on error. This feed is based on the current vertical motion unit, which is typically 203 steps per inch. Page 152 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Function Transport Ticket Retract ASCII [ESC] m Hexadecimal 1BH 6DH Decimal <27> <109> Description This command retracts the ticket being presented in the transport. 100-88002 Rev B Page 153 Control Codes Miscellaneous Control [ESC] X Set left/right print margins ASCII [ESC] X Hexadecimal 1BH 58H Decimal <27> <88> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] Q Description The [ESC] X command sets left and right print margins in characters from the home position. Where n1 = left margin and n2 = right margin, the absolute position depends on the current print pitch. If the left and right margins are set to the right of the current horizontal position, the new margins become valid in the same line. If the left margin is set to the left of the current horizontal position and the right margin set to the right of the current horizontal position, the right margin setting becomes valid in the same line, but the left margin setting becomes valid in the next line. When the left and right margins are set to the left of the current horizontal position, both left and right margin settings appear to become valid in the next line because an auto-CR is performed by the subsequent data. [CAN] Clear print buffer ASCII [CAN] Hexadecimal 18H Decimal <24> IPCL &%RP EPOS [CAN] Description The [CAN] command clears the print buffer and any unprinted information in the printer received before it. If the input buffer is not being processed because the printer is out of paper or a form is not inserted, the [CAN] command will not be processed until after the error is cleared. The [CAN] command does not restore default conditions; it only clears the print buffer. Page 154 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] q Query marker ASCII [ESC] q Hexadecimal 1BH 71H Decimal <27> <113> IPCL none EPOS none Description The [ESC] q command returns a status to the host when it is processed. Response [SOH] The [ESC] q command may be placed in the print data and, when processed by the printer, will return a progress status marker. The value of can be any 8-bit value. It is returned to the host unaltered. The intent is for it to be a sequence number. The command can be used to track the print progress of the printer or verify that data has been printed. Note: The [ESC] q command is a line terminator that causes the printer to print all previous data. If a normal line terminator like a [CR] is not supplied, right justify and auto-center do not function correctly. All data is left justified. [ESC] q does not perform a [CR] or [LF] function. [ESC] v Perform Auto Cut ASCII [ESC] v Hexadecimal 1BH 76H Decimal <27><118> IPCL &%FC &%PC EPOS [ESC] i or [ESC] m Description The [ESC] v command operated the auto cutter. Note: The auto cutter is optional. command will be ignored. [ESC] @ If the auto cutter is not installed, this Initialize the printer ASCII [ESC] @ Hexadecimal 1BH 40H Decimal <27> <64> Description The [ESC] @ command initializes the printer. All settings, including character font and line spacing, are canceled. 100-88002 Rev B Page 155 Control Codes [ESC] p 4 Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing ASCII [ESC] p 4 Hexadecimal 1BH 70H 34H Decimal <27> <112> <52> Range 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 Description The [ESC] p 4 command selects which sensors tell the printer to stop printing. For the default setting, only the Paper Out sensor stops printing. When the paper roll near-end sensor is enabled and the sensor detects a near-end condition during printing, the printer completes the current line and then automatically goes offline. Replacing a new paper roll restarts the printing. When the paper roll near-end sensor is disabled and a paper near-end condition is detected during printing, the paper out LED comes on, but the printer continues to print. Note: The Epic 880TM printer does not allow the Paper Out sensor to be disabled. It is always on. is defined as follows: Bit 0,1 7 On/Off Off On - Hexadecimal 00H 01H,02H,03H 00H Decimal Function <0> Paper roll near-end sensor disabled <1>,<2>,<3> Paper roll near-end sensor enabled <0> Undefined Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands [ESC] p 3 Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals ASCII [ESC] p 3 Hexadecimal 1BH 70H 33H Decimal <27> <112> <51> Range 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 Description The [ESC] p 3 command selects the paper sensor that outputs a paper-end signal to the parallel interface when a paper-end is detected. The default setting is when all sensors are enabled. ( = 15). It is possible to select multiple sensors to output signals. If any of the sensors detect a paper end, the paper end signal is output. The command is only available with a parallel interface. The paperend sensor is an option. If the sensor is not equipped, the settings of bits 0 and 1 of the command are not effective. Page 156 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Bit 0 1 2 3 4-7 On/Off Off On Off On Off On Off On - [ESC] ~z Hexadecimal 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H - Decimal Function <0> Paper roll near-end sensor disabled <1> Paper roll near-end sensor enabled <0> Paper roll near-end sensor disabled <2> Paper roll near-end sensor enabled <0> Paper roll end sensor disabled <4> Paper roll end sensor enabled <0> Paper roll end sensor disabled <8> Paper roll end sensor enabled Undefined Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands User Control of Bezel ASCII [ESC] ~ z Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 7AH Decimal <27> <126> <122> IPCL %&BF EPOS none Description The [ESC] ~z command sets a flash code into the bezel lamp control logic. This code will override any current flash code and will be overridden by any internally generated flash code. Flash codes : Return Bezel Light to normal state. Flash 1 time and pause Flash 2 times and pause … 8 Flash 8 times and pause 9 Fast steady blink 10 Slow steady blink 11 Active state Note: The bezel logic may be set to default on or off for the inactive state. If set to be on by default, the flash will blink off. 100-88002 Rev B Page 157 Control Codes [ESC] y Set control feature commands ASCII [ESC] y Hexadecimal 1BH 79H Decimal <27> <121> IPCL &%Y0-9 or &%YX (for numbers > 9) EPOS [ESC] y Where n 0-1 Not valid 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 TM Reinitializes the printer and forces Epic 880 mode Reinitializes the printer and forces extended EPOS mode Disables IPCL commands Enables IPCL commands Disables inquire processing (All command preprocessing is disabled.) Enables inquire processing Enables extended diagnostics Print Current Configuration Not used Reserved Reserved Not used Reserved Print Current totals Reserved Requests the printer to enter remote OFF. Requests the printer to exit remote OFF. Reserved Description The [ESC] y command enables and disables command set features. It is possible that the IPCL commands will interfere with print data. If this occurs, the IPCL can be disabled with an [ESC] y <4> command. Note 1: Once IPCL commands are disabled, the Enable IPLC command will not be a valid IPCL code. Note 2: [ESC] y <0>, <1>, <2>, and <3> allow the printer to switch between emulation modes. When the switch takes place, the current print buffer is printed, and the printer reinitializes. These commands do not permanently change the configuration. A power on reset restores the mode that was configured in menu mode. A reset by command or from the INIT pin does not restore the mode. Note 3: [ESC] y <6> and <7> enable and disable the inquire process. These commands are not processed as they are received, but are buffered then processed. The buffering process allows inquire commands sent after a disable to be answered. In addition, inquires sent after an enable may not be answered. (See additional notes 3 and 4 on the next page). Note 4: In EPOS mode, the [ESC] y command is active. Page 158 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ESC] ~ Extended Configuration and Control ASCII [ESC] ~ Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH Decimal <27> <126> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] ~ Description The [ESC] ~ commands are extended diagnostics commands. They must all be preceded with an enabling command. These commands (in general) are not intended to be used by the end user. 100-88002 Rev B Page 159 Control Codes Remote Power Control The Epic 880TM Printer has a remote power control command that instructs it to enter OFF mode. When the command is issued, the printer performs print cartridge maintenance and enters OFF mode. Unlike manually turning the power off, remote power mode leaves the communications active. All commands except the exit power down command are ignored. [ESC] y Remote Power Control ASCII [ESC] y Hexadecimal 1BH 79H Decimal <27> <121> IPCL &%YX17 or &%YX18 EPOS [ESC] y Where n 17 Requests the printer to enter remote OFF. 18 Requests the printer to exit remote OFF Description Inquiry (ENQ) commands are accepted and answered in remote power down mode. The printer reactivates if a power up command is received or the power is cycled. Note 1: If power is lost after the power down command is issued, the printer will reenter normal operation when the power is restored. Note 2: This command is not available in all configurations mode. Page 160 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Documented Extended Control commands The Epic 880TM has a number of Extended Control commands designed to make operation and maintenance of the printer easier for the host application. For further details, refer to the TransAct® Extended Control discussion in Chapter 8. [ESC] ~V Return Firmware Checksum ASCII [ESC] ~ Z Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 5AH Decimal <27> <126> <90> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] ~ Z Description The [ESC] ~ Z command is an extended diagnostics command that returns the Firmware checksum. It does not need to be proceeded with an enabling command. The return is 4 bytes formatted as follows: ~Z [ESC] ~F Return Firmware Identification ASCII [ESC] ~ F Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 46H Decimal <27> <126> <69> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] ~ F Description The [ESC] ~ F command is an extended diagnostics command that returns the Firmware Identification string. It does not need to be proceeded with an enabling command. The return is 14 byte null terminated string containing a 2 byte command ID and a 12 byte firmware ID and revision number. The format is as follows: ~FPE8800-1.06<0> 100-88002 Rev B Page 161 Control Codes Printer Status Status Inquire The Epic 880TM Printer is designed for use as part of an automated system where the host computer makes every attempt to correct problems with the printer. In addition, the host application requires that it be able to obtain more information from the printer than is typical of normal computer printers. For example, since a normal computer printer does not have cash drawers, such additional features require that the standard printer protocol be extended to deal with the added features of a point-of-sale (POS) printer. All inquire commands are processed as they are received (preprocessed or real time) and require a response from the printer. Consequently, parallel, IEEE 1284 bidirectional communications, USB or bidirectional serial operation is required. The Epic 880TM Printer looks at and evaluates all commands as they are received, and does not respond to inquire commands that happen to be embedded in graphics or other commands. For more details, refer to the buffer and preprocessor descriptions in later sections. In all cases, inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged (ACK) or a not acknowledged (NAK) and then the command ID, which allows the host application to make multiple requests and receive identifiable responses. If the printer is configured for serial or USB operation the status is automatically returned to the host. If the printer is configured for parallel, IEEE 1284 operation, the HOST must initiate a reverse channel request to return the status. Serial and USB Mode Inquire All inquire (ENQ) commands require a response from the printer. During serial operation, all inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged (ACK) or not acknowledged (NAK), the command ID, and in some cases status. Most status responses sequences contain a length field to help decode and separate responses. In general the printer should be configured for “Buffer Full Only” off-line operation if inquire commands are used. This prevents the printer from using flow control for anything but buffer full. The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer. The printer always accepts serial data even when it is off-line. The printer has reserve buffer space that allows additional information to be received even if the printer is signaling buffer full or off-line. Because inquire commands are processed before they go into the buffer, the printer responds even when it is busy printing. In serial mode, the response to an inquiry should be received by the host before another inquire command is issued to the printer. When the printer receives an inquiry, it generates a response. If inquiries are sent to the printer too quickly, the printer spends all of its time responding and does not have time to print. Page 162 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes IEEE 1284 Mode Inquire In parallel IEEE 1284 mode, status information can be returned to the host through the IEEE 1284 reverse channel. After the host makes an inquire request, it activates IEEE 1284 mode 0 reverse channel and waits for a response from the printer. The response to the inquire is identical to serial mode in format. The printer always accepts IEEE 1284 reverse-channel requests but does not accept inquire commands when off-line. It is possible to obtain status when off-line by placing the printer in dynamic response mode before the printer goes off-line. The IEEE 1284 reverse channel responds to status changes even when the printer is off-line. In general, the printer should be configured for “Buffer Full Only” off-line operation if inquire commands are used. This prevents the printer from using flow control for anything but buffer full. The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer. Inquire Commands [ENQ] Inquire printer status ASCII [ENQ] Hexadecimal 05H Decimal <5> IPCL none EPOS [GS] r or [DLE] [ENQ] or [DLE] [EOT] Description The [ENQ] command inquires about the printer’s status and returns a result. Note: When the printer is off-line, inquires may not be accepted. [ENQ] <3> Inquire paper low status ASCII [ENQ] <3> Hexadecimal 05H 03H Decimal <5> <3> Function Receipt paper low Response ACK <3> (06H 03H) paper is present. NAK <3> (15H 03H) paper is low. 100-88002 Rev B Page 163 Control Codes [ENQ] <4> Inquire receipt paper out status ASCII [ENQ] <4> Hexadecimal 05H 04H Decimal <5> <4> Function Receipt paper exhausted Response ACK <4> (06H 04H) Receipt paper is present NAK <4> (15H 04H) Receipt paper is exhausted [ENQ] <8> Inquire cover open status ASCII [ENQ] <8> Hexadecimal 05H 08H Decimal <5> <8> Function Cover open/closed status Response ACK <8> (06H 08H) The cover is closed NAK <8> (15H 08H) The cover is open [ENQ] <9> Is the buffer empty? ASCII [ENQ] <9> Hexadecimal 05H 09H Decimal <5> <9> Function The [ENQ] <9> command allows the host to know when the print buffer is empty. If IEEE 1284 is active, the command also clears the response buffer. Response ACK <9> (06H 09H) The buffer is empty. NAK <9> (15H 09H) The buffer is not empty. [ENQ] <10> ASCII [ENQ] <10> Hexadecimal 05H 0AH Decimal <5> <10> Function Reset printer Response Serial ACK <10> (06H 0AH) The command was accepted. NAK <10> (15H 0AH) The command was rejected. Request printer reset Parallel No response Description The ENQ <10>, EPOS DLE ENQ commands and the INIT pin all have the same effect and are referred to as reset commands. To prevent data loss, the printer tries to finish printing the buffered data. When operator intervention with the printer is required for any reason, data loss results. The reset operation is saved until the printer goes idle. If the printer is idle and a reset command is received or pending, the printer resets, and the buffer clears. If the host resets an operator intervention operation, any remaining buffered data is cleared. Page 164 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes When the printer receives a reset command, the printer goes off-line and/or busy until the reset completes. If the host application continues to send information to the printer after a reset command, some of that information may be processed before the reset is processed. After the reset the transport is cleared. If it cannot be cleared a jam status may be issued. Note: If reset inhibit is set in the configuration menu, this command is ignored. [ENQ] <11> Inquire power cycle status ASCII [ENQ] <11> Hexadecimal 05H 0BH Decimal <5> <11> Function Has the printer been power cycled since the last request? Response ACK <11> (06H 0BH) Printer has been power cycled since the last [ENQ] <11> NAK <5> (15H 0BH) Printer has not power cycled since the last [ENQ] <11> Description The first time after a reset, the command returns [ACK] <11>, after that the command returns [NAK] <11>. The command allows the application to determine if the printer has been power cycled and needs to be reinitialized. The [ENQ] <10> command and the INIT signal on the parallel port both cause the printer to return power up status. [ENQ] <14> Inquire Mechanical error status ASCII [ENQ] <14> Hexadecimal 05H 0EH Decimal <5> <14> Function Error status Response ACK <14> (06H 0EH) No mechanical errors NAK <15> (15H 0FH) Mechanical error has occurred (Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the error) Note: For this status request to function, the "Buffer Full Only" off-line option should be selected. 100-88002 Rev B Page 165 Control Codes [ENQ] <15> Inquire printer state ASCII [ENQ] <15> Hexadecimal 05H 0FH Decimal <5> <15> Function The [ENQ] <15> command returns the current printer state Note: [ENQ] <17> also returns the current printer state, but it should not be used as it conflicts with XON/XOFF flow control. Response [ACK] <15> … Where: <15> : : is the echo of the command ID. is the number of return bytes + 40 (28H) (to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF). bit 0 = 1 always bit 1 = Cover is closed. bit 2 = Receipt paper is out. bit 3 = 0 bit 4 = 1 Printer is waiting in an error mode. Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the specific error and [ENQ]<10> to recover bit 5 = 0 bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always bit 0 - 5 = 0 always bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always Note: For this status request to function, the "Buffer Full Only" off-line option should be selected. [ENQ] <20> Inquire all printer status ASCII [ENQ] <20> Hexadecimal 05H 14H Decimal <5> <20> Function The [ENQ] <20> command returns all status flags Response [ACK] <20> … Where: <20> : Page 166 is the echo of command ID. is the number of return bytes + 40 (28H) (to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF). bit 0 = 0 bit 1 = 0 bit 2 = Receipt paper is out. bit 3 = Ticket in transport bit 4 = Receipt paper error occurred. (low or out) bit 5 = 0 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always : bit 0 = 1 always bit 1 = Cover is closed. bit 2 = Buffer is empty. bit 3 = Printer has been power cycled, Reading this does not affect the state of the power-cycled flag. (Use [ENQ] <11> to reset the power cycled bit.) bit 4 = Printer is waiting in an error mode. Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the specific error and [ENQ]<10> to recover bit 5 = USB Watch Dog recovery has occurred. bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always : bit 0 = 0 always bit 1 = 1 always bit 2 = Jam detected bit 3 = 0 always bit 4 = 0 always bit 5 = Printer is blocking print (Cover is open or out of paper.) bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always : bit 0 = 1 Printer supports single station print. bit 1 = 0. bit 2 = Printer supports multiple colors bit 3 = Printer supports cutter (Partial cut command is supported as full cut) bit 4 = Printer supports cutter. bit 5 = 0 bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always : 0 : 0 : 0 100-88002 Rev B Page 167 Control Codes [ENQ] <21> Inquire printer ID ASCII [ENQ] <21> Hexadecimal 05H 15H Decimal <5> <21> Function The [ENQ] <21> command returns the printer IEEE 1284 ID string. Response [ACK] <21> {ID string} Where: <21> is the echo of the command ID and is the number of return bytes in the ID string {ID string} is the IEEE ID return string, which follows: MFG:TransAct.; CMD:M880CL,IPCL; CLS:PRINTER; MDL:M880 PcOS; DES:EPIC 880TM; REV:PE8800-01.00 OPTS:$63xy Where x is a bit field defined as follows: bit 0 = 1 Red support bit 1 = 1 Green support bit 2 = 1 Blue support bit 3 = Always 0 bit 4 = Always 1 bit 5 = Always 1 bit 6 = Always 0 bit 7 = Always 0 The y is a bit field defined as follows: bit 0 = 0 bit 1 = Knife is installed. bit 2 = 0 bit 3 = Always 0 bit 4 = Always 1 bit 5 = Always 1 bit 6 = Always 0 bit 7 = Always 0 Page 168 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ENQ] <22> Inquire error status ASCII [ENQ] <22> Hexadecimal 05H 16H Decimal <5> <22> Function The [ENQ] <22> command reports on the error status. Response [ACK] <22> Where: <22> is the echo of the command ID. is the number of return bytes + 40 (28H) (to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF). : Bit status as follows: bit 0 = Cover is open. bit 1 = Paper is Low bit 2 = Paper is out. bit 3 = 0 bit 4 = Jam Detected. bit 5 = The Auto-Cutter has faulted. bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = An serious error has occurred. Note 1: If bit 7 is set, a serious error has occurred. The printer is not able to recover from this type of error without operator intervention. If bit 7 is set without bit 5 (Auto-cutter fault) then the print carriage has faulted, which is probably caused by a paper jam or a component failure. The host system may issue an [ENQ]<10> (Reset Request command) to attempt to recover. The Reset Request will reset the printer to an initial power up state. All data will be lost. Note 2: When a serious error occurs (bit 7 set) the printer enters a static state. Status responses will reflect the state of the printer when the error occurred. Note 3: For this status request to function during a serious error, the "Buffer Full Only" off line option should be selected. 100-88002 Rev B Page 169 Control Codes [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status ASCII [ENQ] <23> Hexadecimal 05H 17H Decimal <5> <23> Function The [ENQ] <23> command reports on the user-store status. Response [ACK] <23> <0> Where: <23> is the echo of command ID. The report is a null terminated string with the following format: 12345[CR][LF] 12345 Type Name…[CR][LF] 12345 Type Name…[CR][LF] (Free user store) (First entry) etc. (Last entry) <0> Type The type field describes the type of information. M = macro C = character definition [ENQ] <24> Inquire color status ASCII [ENQ] <24> Hexadecimal 05H 18H Decimal <5> <24> Function The [ENQ] <24> command reports Color Cartridge status. Response [ACK] <24> Where <24> Page 170 Is the echo of command Secondary Color 0 = Not supported, 1 = Red, 2 = Green, 4 = Blue Primary Color 16 = Black Color Status bit 0 = Not defined bit 1 = Not defined bit 2 = Secondary Color Not Supported bit 3 = 0 always bit 4 = 0 always bit 5 = 0 always bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes [ENQ] <29> Inquire Jam/Transport Status ASCII [ENQ] <29> Hexadecimal 05H 1DH Decimal <5> <29> Function The [ENQ] <29> command reports Jam and Transport status. Response [ACK] <29> <41> Where <29> Is the echo of command Status bit 0 = Paper Jammed before the cut bit 1 = Paper Jammed after the cut. bit 2 = 0 always bit 3 = Ticket in transport bit 4 = Jam Sensor bit 5 = 1 always bit 6 = 0 always bit 7 = 0 always [ENQ] <30> Inquire Sensor Status ASCII [ENQ] <30> Hexadecimal 05H 1EH Decimal <5> <30> Function The [ENQ] <30> command reports sensor status. Response [ACK] <30> <41> Where <30> Is the echo of command Status bit 0 = Cover bit 1 = Paper Out. bit 2 = Top Of Form bit 3 = Transport bit 4 = Jam Sensor bit 5 = 1 always bit 6 = Feed bit 7 = 0 always 100-88002 Rev B Page 171 Control Codes [ENQ] <31> Inquire Power Up Error Status ASCII [ENQ] <31> Hexadecimal 05H 1FH Decimal <5> <31> Function The [ENQ] <31> command reports Power up Error status. Response [ACK] <31> <41> Where <31> Is the echo of command Status bit 0 = No Font file found bit 1 = Required files not found bit 2 = File system has faulted bit 3 = No POR.INI File (Default file has been generated) bit 4 = Codepage requested was not found bit 5 = Primary FAT was damaged, the alternate was used. bit 6 = 1 always bit 7 = 0 always [ENQ] <32> Inquire statistics ASCII [ENQ] <32> Hexadecimal 05H 20H Decimal <5> <32> Function The [ENQ] <32> command returns the internal statistics table. Response [ACK] <32> <168> …128 bytes. Where <32> Is the echo of command <168> Length + 40 Statistic table 32 entries each being 4 bytes in big-endian order. unsigned int Black_Dots; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Cover_Opens; unsigned int Paper Outs; unsigned int Line Feeds; unsigned int Characters Printed; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Standby Cycles; unsigned int Power Up Resets; unsigned int Watchdog Resets; unsigned int Flash Erases; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Auto Cutter_Cycles; unsigned int Init Requests; Page 172 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes unsigned int Error Vectors; unsigned int Auto Cutter Faults; unsigned int Power On Time; unsigned int System Active Time; unsigned int Head Over Temps; unsigned int Cutter Re-Home; unsigned int Jam Detect L1; unsigned int Jam Detect L2; unsigned int Missed Top of form; unsigned int Configuration Faults; unsigned int Not used; unsigned int Flash File Fault; unsigned int Jam Detect L3; unsigned int Retracts; unsigned int USB Watch Dog; unsigned int RAM Faults; [ENQ] <33> Inquire Firmware ID and Rev. ASCII [ENQ] <33> Hexadecimal 05H 21H Decimal <5> <33> Function The [ENQ] <33> command returns the Firmware ID and revision. Response [ACK] <33> <51> PE8805-X.XX. Where <33> Is the echo of command <51> Length + 40 Firmware ID PE8805 Separator - (0x2D or 45D) Rev X.XX (Current Revision in ASCII) [ENQ] <34> Inquire Firmware CRC. ASCII [ENQ] <34> Hexadecimal 05H 22H Decimal <5> <34> Function The [ENQ] <34> command returns the Firmware ID and revision. Response [ACK] <34> <42> Where <34> <42> Is the echo of command Length + 40 Most significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC Least significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC 100-88002 Rev B Page 173 Control Codes [ENQ] <35> Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets. ASCII [ENQ] <35> Hexadecimal 05H 23H Decimal <5> <35> Function The [ENQ] <35> command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets and then resets the count to zero. Response [ACK] <35> <41> Where <35> <41> Page 174 Is the echo of command Length + 40 The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire. 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes 100-88002 Rev B Page 175 Control Codes [ESC] [EM]P Activate Periodic Status Back ASCII [ESC] [EM] P Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 50H Decimal <27> <25> <80> IPCL None EPOS None Description This command activates the periodic status back feature. It will automatically return an [ENQ]<20> status (See page 166) on a periodic bases. The value of n is the period in 100 MS intervals. This command is saved through power cycles. Once set it need not be set again, however you can set it the same value repeatedly as it is only saved if it is changed. In general it should not be changed on a regular bases. Where n = Interval in 100 MS increments. IE 20 = 2 Seconds. Setting the value to 0 disables the feature. Note: Periodic status back can also be activated with the [ESC][EM]p command, however it is not save during a power cycle. [ESC] [EM]p Activate Periodic Status Back ASCII [ESC] [EM] p Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 70H Decimal <27> <25> <112> IPCL None EPOS None Description This command temporarily disables and enables the periodic status back feature if previously activated with the [ESC][EM]P command. Where n = 0 disables PSB and n = (non zero) Enables PSB at the interval defined by the [ESC][EM]P command. If not previously activated with the [ESC][EM]P command, this command will activate it but not save the value through a power cycle. Where n = Interval in 100 MS increments. IE 20 = 2 Seconds. Setting the value to 0 disables the feature. Page 176 100-88002 Rev B Control Codes Double Level Loader It is desirable in some applications to allow the host application to enter boot load mode and update the firmware. Normally this is prevented by design, and it is not possible for the normal operating mode of the printer to enter the factory boot mode. A Watch Dog timer will reset the printer if abnormal conditions are detected; this timer protects the normal operating mode from being corrupted by an unexpected event. The factory boot loader does not support the Watch Dog timer. If for any reason, the normal operating mode enters the factory boot loader, the printer will reset in about 500 mS. To allow the application to update the operating firmware, an optional second loader is provided. Entering Field Boot Load Mode. To enter field Boot Load mode, the following command should be used: Function Enter Field Boot load mode ASCII [ESC] ~[SO]% or [ESC] ~[SO]# or [ESC] ~[SO]$ Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 0EH 25H Decimal <27> <126> <14> <37> Description This command waits for 200 Ms for the printer to be idle, turns off all active drivers and enters Field Boot load mode. No communications should be attempted for 2 seconds after this command is processed. When In Field boot load mode, the firmware image file provided by Transact should be sent to the printer. The communications will be the same as normal operating node. The [ESC] ~[SO]# and [ESC] ~[SO]$ commands also enter boot load only the way the USB enumerates may be altered. [ESC] ~[SO]# forces the boot load USB enumeration to use a different PID (Product Identification). This allows a different Windows driver to be evoked. [ESC] ~[SO]$ forces the boot load to use the same PID as normal operation. This will force Windows to envoke the same driver that is used for normal operation. The [ESC] ~[SO]% will use the current configuration. Note: [ESC] ~[SO]# and [ESC] ~[SO]$ alter the configuration. There are several commands available in field boot load mode that may be used by the host application to query the printer. Function Returns the boot loader ID ASCII [STX]B Hexadecimal 02H 42H Decimal <2> <66> Description Returns the Field Boot loader ID, e.g. PB4390-1.00[CR][LF] 100-88002 Rev B Page 177 Control Codes Function Returns Flash Type ID ASCII [STX]E Hexadecimal 02H 45H Decimal <2> <69> Description Returns the Flash Type ID. IE. SGS 29F400B[CR][LF] Function Check and return the operating firmware ID ASCII [STX]K Hexadecimal 02H 4BH Decimal <2> <75> Description Checks the CRC and if valid returns the operating firmware ID. IE. PE8800-2.00[CR][LF] If the Firmware is not present or the CRC is incorrect, “None[CR][LF]” will be returned Function Checks and starts the operating firmware ASCII [STX]X Hexadecimal 02H58H Decimal <2> <88> Description Checks the CRC of the operating firmware and starts normal operation if correct. This command does not return any information. There are numerous other commands involved in performing the actual firmware update, whose details are beyond the scope of this document. To perform a flash update, simply send the file provided to you by Transact unaltered and the firmware will be updated. To allow easy access to the field loader, the power button may be used to switch between the factory loader and the field loader and from the field loader and normal operation. When this procedure is used with a serial adapter, the Baud rate will default to 19200 and the Protocol will be both XON/XOFF and Ready/Busy. Note 1: Do not attempt any other commands in field loader mode. experience unexpected and undesirable results. You may Note 2: If for any reason, the field loader is corrupt, the factory boot loader must be used to replace it. Page 178 100-88002 Rev B Chapter 9 Epic 880TM Color Graphics 100-88002 Rev B Page 179 This page intentionally left blank Page 180 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Color Graphics Printing Graphics The Epic 880TM Printer has bit-image graphic capability and a full PC-compatible character graphic set. The bit image format is similar to that used on other personal computer printers. Character Graphics Character graphics is the term for joining individual characters together to produce a mosaic of characters that form a graphic image. The simplest method uses an * (or any other character) to form an image. For example, TransAct®‘s printer brand of “Ithaca” might be formed as follows. *** * * * *** *** * * * * * * * * ***** * * * * ** * * **** * * * * * * * *** *** * * ** * * **** * * * * Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics The extended character set of the printer supports line graphic characters that can be combined to form windows and other shapes. For the shapes to join from line to line, the spacing must be set properly. 100-88002 Rev B Page 181 Epic 880TM Color Graphics APA Graphics The printer is capable of all-points-addressable (APA) or horizontal graphics. This type of graphics is very popular in impact printers. To provide compatibility with legacy applications, The Epic 880TM supports several APA graphics modes. Generating a graphic image by hand is time consuming and tedious. It is recommended that a graphic package be used to create a graphic image. The following procedure will help with the setup. Procedure for APA graphics: 1. Generate the graphic image in the program of your choice. APA graphics only support monochrome images. 2. Make sure the paper size chosen fits the printer (3 inches wide with 0.25-inch margins). If the paper size cannot be set, print a portion of the page. 3. Print the graphic to a file using a generic, IBM, graphic, 9-pin driver. The standard IBM resolutions are 240 x 216 dpi, 120 x 72 dpi, and 60 x 72 dpi. The Epic 880TM Printer supports all three resolutions by converting the input image to 203 x 203 dpi.. 4. Print the graphic image to a file. 5. Edit the resulting file to remove any unwanted form control, and insert the Epic 880TM form control. 6. Make the resulting file available to your application, so it can be sent to the printer when required. Page 182 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Color Graphics Epic 880TM Universal Color Graphics The Epic 880TM Printer firmware supports the ability to print color graphics in all emulations. The intent of Universal Color Graphic support is to allow the Epic 880TM graphics capability to be used in existing applications that do not support color graphics as well as all new applications. For new applications, the programmer may code the graphics generator into there printer driver. TransAct Technologies provides a Windows active X that will generate the graphics for you. In addition the source to the graphics generator is available upon request11. There are several ways to add color graphics to an existing application. The easiest for you will depend on how much control you have over your application. At a minimum, you should be able to change the name printed on the top of a receipt. With the PJColor12 program you can store a named graphic into the printer and print it by changing the text name to match the stored graphic. For example, if your receipt has a name like "Joe's Market", you can save a graphic in the printer named "Joe's" and then change the "Joe's Market" to "&%URJoe's&" When the Epic 880TM finds "&%URJoe's&", it is replaced with the stored graphic. Some applications allow a graphic file to be sent to the printer. In this case PJColor can generate the graphic file and then your application can send it to the printer. Note: PJColor was originally designed to support color inkjet printing. It has been enhanced and may be used to generate color graphics for the Epic 880TM. PJColor also has a feature that will allow you to generate a file that will define the graphic to be stored into the printer. You can then use this file to setup any number of printers with the same graphic. If you are using a windows print driver (other than the TransAct® Epic 880TM driver) to support your printer, you will not be able to send color graphics to the printer through the print driver. The print driver will not support universal graphics. You can however, store the graphic in the printer and use IPCL commands to print the stored graphic. (You must select a printer resident font for this to work.) The following is a short summary description of these features. 11 You may be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement with TransAct Technologies to obtain source code. 12 The PJColor program has been enhanced to provide several ways to create Logos and Coupons and make them available to the Epic 880TM printer. 100-88002 Rev B Page 183 Epic 880TM Color Graphics Print File Graphics PJColor can generate a print file that may be sent to the printer in any emulation and print graphics. To generate a print file. 1) Start PJColor 2) Under Settings, select the Epic 880TM printer. Then select the emulation that machines the printer. 3) Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics. Low resolutions are faster, high resolutions produce better graphics. 4) Load the graphics image you wish to print. 5) Select the communications port and configuration. 6) Set the secondary color to NONE. 7) Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like. The lower graphic window displays an approximation of the printed image. 8) When you are satisfied with the graphic, press the "Print to a File" button. PJColor will ask what file you would like to receive the print data. 9) This file can be sent to the printer and the graphic will be printed. Store Graphics in the printer: PJColor can store a graphic in the Epic 880TM printer or generate a file that will store a graphic in the printer. To Store a graphic in the printer 1) Start PJColor 2) Under Settings, Select the Epic 880TM printer. Then select the emulation that you will be setting the printer to. 3) Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics. Low resolutions are faster, high resolutions produce better graphics. 4) Select the communications port and protocol that is to be used to communicate to the printer. 5) Load the graphics image you wish to print. 6) Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like. The lower graphic window displays an approximation of the printed image. 7) When you are satisfied with the graphic, press the "Store in Printer" button. PJColor will attempt to interrogate the printer and will display the graphics currently in the printer if any. (Note: If PJColor cannot communicate with the printer, only the "Save to File" option will be allowed.) 8) Make sure there is enough room in the printer for the graphic. 9) Insert a name in the "Macro Name" box. Keep it simple, this name will be used later to print the graphic. 10) Record the graphic in the printer. Page 184 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Color Graphics Print a stored graphic. In the data stream to the printer enter "&%URName&" and the graphic will print in place of the "&%URName&" data. The "Name" must be identical to the name entered earlier. Generate a file to store color graphics into a printer To generate a file that will store a color graphic into a printer, follow the same procedure to store a graphic in a printer up through step 8. Then: 1) Insert a name in the "Macro Name" box. This name should be kept simple, as it will be used later to print the graphic 2) Press the "Save to File" button. This will allow you to select a file where the stored universal graphic information is saved. 3) This file contains an "erase any previous graphic with the same name" command, "a save new graphic with this name" command and the graphics information. 4) This file can then be sent to the printer and the graphic will be saved in the printer. Note that if the target printer does not have enough room for the graphic information to be stored, the graphic will not be stored. How universal color graphics is done The printer extends all the emulations to support two additional escape sequences and adds limited IPCL support. IPCL (TransAct Printer Control Language) is an ASCII method of sending printer commands to the printer. In TransAct PcOS emulation, IPCL command support is extensive. In other emulations, IPCL support is limited to the following commands. &%CR &%LF &%UAxxx &%CLx &%UBName& &%UGName& &%URName& &%UDName& &%USName& &%UFALL& &%UQ& &%UTx Insert a [CR] Insert a [LF] Feed xxx paper steps and cycle auto-cutter Select Color where x = 0 for Black or 1,2,3 for Color Begin defining universal graphic "Name" End the definition of "Name" Run (print) universal graphic "Name" Remove universal graphic "Name" from nonvolatile memory Flag universal graphic "Name" to be run when the printer is turned on Erase all stored universal graphics. (Erases all User Store) Prints a directory of the universal graphics currently stored in the printer Changes the Name termination character from "&" to "x". "x" may range from 21H to 255H 100-88002 Rev B Page 185 Epic 880TM Color Graphics Note: The & used to flag the end of the Name string is not valid in PcOS TransAct emulation mode. You should use <0> or define the terminator with the &%UTx command. The extended escape sequences are [ESC][US]… and [ESC][FS]… The [ESC][US] commands are the same as the PcOS emulation. The [ESC][FS] commands are not intended to be used by the customer. They provide the universal graphics support, since graphics would be very difficult to generate and are not supported by any graphics drives other than PJColor . How to use IPCL commands in text strings If your software allows you to pass text strings to the printer, you should be able to use the universal graphics commands. Most POS software allows user customization of the text message printed at the beginning and the end of the receipt. To use the Universal IPCL commands simply place them in a text string like the following example; note that your results may vary depending on the operation system, software and the ability to pass ASCII Characters. Load and store named graphic image • First you must create the graphic image using the PJColor Color Image Converter and save the image to a file. See the section “Generate a file to store graphics into a printer” above. • • • Send the following text strings to the printer using whatever means is available to you. &%UBLogo& Begin defining macro "Logo" &%UGLogo& End the Definition of "Logo" &%UMLogo& Save Macro "Logo" to nonvolatile memory A graphic image named “Logo” should now be stored in the nonvolatile memory. To verify the image is present, use the “&%UQ&” IPCL command or the PJColor Color Image Converter to print the name and size of the stored images. Recall and print stored named graphic image • Send the following text string to the printer using whatever means is available to you. &%URLogo& Run Macro "Logo" (Print the macro) Cautions Universal graphics information is stored in the same place as user defined characters and user defined macros. If you are using an emulation such as ESC/POS that supports macros and/or user defined characters, universal graphics will compete for space with these functions. In addition, the "&%UFALL&" (Erase universal graphics) will also erase any user defined graphics and macros. If you are using the TransAct PcOS emulation, these commands are identical with the User Store commands except for the terminator character. You may change the NUL terminator to "&" with "&%UT&" if you find the "&" easier. Page 186 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Color Graphics Universal Graphics Command Descriptions &%UB & Begin named universal graphic record IPCL &%UB & Description The &%UB & command initializes the universal graphic buffer structure, and redirects the following data to the universal graphic buffer. It uses the field as a reference. If the name already exists in the flash user store, the command is ignored. The command must be followed by the "End name universal graphic record" command with the same name. If the data that follows is larger than the universal graphic buffer (about 16K), the universal graphic definition is terminated without saving any data. &%UG & End named universal graphic record IPCL &%UG & Description The &%UG & command ends the universal graphic record operation and saves the universal graphic to flash. It uses the field to verify the command end and must match the "Begin named universal graphic record" command. If the name already exists in the flash user store or the universal graphic memory is exceeded, the command is invalid, and the field prints. &%UR & Run universal graphic data from user store IPCL &%UR & Description The &%UR & command loads the referenced universal graphic into the universal graphic buffer. The universal graphic buffer is then inserted into the data stream. If the named item does not exist or is not a universal graphic, the Epic 880TM ignores the command. &%US & Flag item as a start-up universal graphic IPCL &%US & Description The &%US & command flags the referenced item to `be processed at startup. Only one user character definition and one universal graphic may be flagged to run at startup. &%UD & Delete item from user store IPCL &%UD & Description The &%UD &command removes an item from user store and frees up space. If the item does not exist, the Epic 880TM ignores the command. 100-88002 Rev B Page 187 Epic 880TM Color Graphics &%UFALL& Flush information from user store IPCL &%UFALL& Description The &%UFALL& command clears all entries in user store and frees the data space. It must have the name, “ALL” (in uppercase) attached. &%UQ& Report on user store IPCL &%UQ& Description The &%UQ& command prints a status report. The intention of the command is to aid in universal graphic development. &%UT Redefine User Store Termination Character IPCL &%UT Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name field in User Store commands to be modified. The value of is used for the terminator. The value of n may be from 0 to 255. Example If &%UT% were sent to the printer the User Store command to run universal graphic "Demo" would be &%URDemo%. &%CL Set Print Color IPCL &%CL Description This command allows various colors to be selected on printer emulations that do not support color text. Print in Black Where n: 0 1, 2, 3 Print in Red, Blue, or Green &%UA Cycle Auto-Cutter IPCL &%UA Description This command feeds m/96 inches of paper and cycles the auto cutter. Where m: m = m1 * 100 + m2 *10 + m3 Page 188 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Color Graphics Bitmapped File Graphic Support It is possible to load a bitmap file into the printer and print it directly by command. The standard bitmap two color and 16 color bitmap file formats are supported. To use this feature, load a bitmap file into the printer using the file support commands or the Windows® interface tool. These files can then be printed with the Print Bitmap File command. It is also possible to print a bitmap file passed from the host as data. Function Print Bitmap File command. All ASCII [ESC] [FS] P <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1CH 50H Decimal <27> <28> <80> Scale 0 = one to one, 1 = 2x high, 2 = 2x Wide, 3 = 2x High and 2x Wide FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension, null terminated. Description The [ESC] [FS] P command will print at the current dot column a previously saved bitmap file image. If the file does not exist, this command will have no effect. Note: If the Scale is an uppercase ‘B’ this command will directly process a bitmap file. See the Print Bitmap Data command below. Function Print Bitmap Data command. All ASCII [ESC] [FS] P Hexadecimal 1BH 1CH 50H Decimal <27> <28> <80> Description The [ESC] [FS] P command will print the bitmap file data that follows. Note that the first character in a bitmap file is an uppercase B. This differentiates this command from the Print Bitmap File command described above. Note: This command always prints the bitmap data at a scale of one to one. 100-88002 Rev B Page 189 Epic 880TM Color Graphics Epic 880TM Coupon-Cut-Logo Feature The Epic 880TM printer has a feature that will allow a coupon and or logo graphic to be printed as part of the existing auto cutter command. To activate this feature, it must first be configured. Configuration consists of specifying in what order the Coupon-Cut-Logo is processed and optionally, how much paper is to be feed after the new cut operation. Once configured, the Coupon and/or logo must be defined and loaded into the printer. The “Universal Graphics” feature should be used to define and load the graphic. The Coupon is named “Coupon”, and the Logo is named “Logo”. They may be saved in any resolution and of any size. They also need not be all graphics. The existing application cut command will be replaced by the Coupon-Cut-Logo operation. Configuration options are as follows: Cut Command Logo: Cut-Logo Coupon-Cut Logo-Cut Cut-Coupon Coupon-Cut-Logo Logo-Cut-Coupon Cut-Logo-Coupon Cut-Coupon-Logo Logo-Coupon-Cut Coupon-Logo-Cut Disabled Perform Feed to cut, then cut, and then print the Logo. Print the Coupon, Feed to Cut, and Cut. Print the Logo, Feed to Cut, and Cut. Perform Feed to cut, then cut, and then print the Coupon. Print the Coupon, Feed to cut, Cut, ad then print the Logo. Print the Logo, Feed to cut, Cut, ad then print the Coupon. Perform the Feed to cut, Print the Logo and then the Coupon. Perform the Feed to cut, Print the Coupon and then the Logo. Print the Logo, then the Coupon, feed to cut and Cut. Print the Coupon, then the Logo, feed to cut and Cut. Perform the Normal cut. Cut Command Logo Feed: 0 to 80 mm. Page 190 100-88002 Rev B Chapter 10 Unicode and Fonts 100-88002 Rev B Page 191 This page intentionally left blank Page 192 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Fonts Your TransAct® Epic 880TM printer uses outline and/or stroke based scalable fonts. These fonts provide you wish additional font options as well as improved character appearance, while functioning transparently within legacy applications. Such fonts represent a substantial improvement to the so-called bitmap fonts that are traditionally used for thermal printers, which are based on a pixel by pixel definition of characters. With a fixed size and fixed character spacing, these bitmap fonts were limited to specific magnification factors from 2-8X, and required scaling and smoothing at larger font sizes. Moreover, such scaling and smoothing operations were often unsuitable for complex fonts such as Asian characters, where changes to pixel layout actually risk changing character meanings. To take full advantage of scalable fonts, the Epic 880TM supports additional commands and features, including: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Character size selection by points Character pitch selection by points Variable character spacing if desired Custom fonts Unicode support for international language support Enhanced code page support for ASCII based applications. Character Generation The font technology in the Epic 880TM printer uses standard outline fonts (sometimes referred to as TrueType fonts) or stroke fonts. Both technologies are scalable, however each has unique advantages. Outline characters Outline characters use points along the edge of the character to describe the character. The character generator defines the edge and then fills in the enclosed space to define the character. This type of character generation produces very well formed characters and produces the best looking characters. However, it requires more storage than stroke fonts, and is best for non-Asian fonts. 100-88002 Rev B Page 193 Unicode and Fonts Stroke-based characters With stroke based characters, the points stored are along the center line. Less than half the points are needed to render stroke based characters. This improves character-generation performance and uses less space. This type of character generation is fast and efficient, and is ideally suited for Asian fonts. Character Size The character generation engine used in the Epic 880TM internally uses a standard point based system to specify the character size. One point is 1/72 of an inch. Therefore a 72 point character would form a character suitable to generate one line per inch printing. The typical application might refer to a 12 point character. This is the character height and not the width. The character width typically varies on character by character bases; for example, the lower case “i” is much narrower than the upper case “W”. Font selection commands for selecting character sizes in legacy applications are also supported. For printers such as the Epic 880TM, two or three character sizes are generally predefined with a dot matrix size of 10x24 or 13x24 dots, and this fixed size may then be double or tripled to provide larger characters when needed. To supply legacy support, the Epic 880TM will automatically select the appropriate character size to support the legacy font and character scaling commands. In the Epic 880TM, the horizontal and vertical point size may be set independently. Typically this type of printer would print a tall, narrow, mono-spaced character. Tall narrow mono-spaced character provides a very readable print with easy column alignment while using less paper than standard type fonts. This type of font is sometimes referred to as a condensed font. Selecting Character Size The Epic 880TM provides two ways to specify character size. The legacy or classic font selection method is based on dot matrix size. The second method is based on the standard type points system. The advantage of the type point system is that the print produced by the printer will match what is displayed by the host system, as both use the same system for describing the characters produced. Legacy or Classic Method With the classic method, the application selects a character size and then sets the character spacing by adding or removing dot spaces between the characters. Using the scaled font, the Epic 880TM provides 3 basic predefined character sizes. The smallest is a 10x24 dot-like13 font and is typically printed in pitches from 16 to 20 characters per inch (CPI). The next larger font is 13 x 24 dot-like, and is typically printed in pitches from 14 to 16 CPI. The largest font is 14 x 24 dot-like font and is typically printed at pitches from 10 to 14 CPI. 13 Characters are dot-like because they are not guaranteed to be exactly at an exact dot equivalent. They are spaced in a fixed character cell that provides equivalent spacing and alignment as a fixed character size, however the actual character size is defined by the font designer. Page 194 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts The Epic 880TM always prints at 203 dots per inch (dpi) and always uses the scalable font to form characters. The resulting characters are not necessarily exactly the dot size indicated, but are always spaced in a fixed dot cell provided that the legacy commands are used. Adding or subtracting space between characters achieves different character pitches with a fixed character cell size. As each dot has a fixed size and position, only specific pitches are possible. The following table defines the fonts and pitches possible with each. Character Cell (H x W) 10x24 Font 13x24 Font 15x24 Font (W x H) (W x H) (W x H) Horizontal Width 10 Dots 13 Dots 15 Dots 0.0493 inches 0.0640 inches 0.0739 inches Vertical Height 24 Dots 24 Dots 24 Dots 0.118 Inches 0.118 Inches 0.118 Inches Character spacing in Characters per Inch (CPI) Pitch at native cell size 20.30 15.62 13.5 5 dot Removed 40.60 25.38 20.30 4 dot Removed 33.83 22.56 18.45 3 dot Removed 29.00 20.30 16.92 2 dot Removed 25.38 18.45 15.62 1 dot Removed 22.56 16.92 14.50 0 dot added 20.30 15.62 13.53 1 dot added 18.45 14.50 12.69 2 dots added 16.92 13.53 11.94 3 dots added 15.62 12.69 11.28 4 dots added 14.50 11.94 10.68 5 dots added 13.53 11.28 10.15 6 dots added 12.69 10.68 9.67 NOTE: Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended. Table 9. Possible Character Pitches Character spacing may also be selected by requesting a print pitch based on characters pre inch. Once again, the results are not exact in this case. The following table lists the resulting spacing based on a given CPI request. Requested CPI Character Width Resulting CPI Requested CPI 0 variable variable 16 12 16.92 1 203 1.00 17 12 18.45 2 101 2.01 18 11 18.45 3 67 3.03 19 10 20.30 4 50 4.06 20 10 20.30 5 40 5.08 21 9 22.56 6 33 6.15 22 9 22.56 7 29 7.00 23 8 25.38 8 25 8.12 24 8 25.38 Character Width Resulting CPI 9 22 9.23 25 8 25.38 10 20 10.15 26 7 29.00 11 18 11.28 27 7 29.00 12 16 12.69 28 7 29.00 13 15 13.53 29 7 29.00 100-88002 Rev B Page 195 Unicode and Fonts 14 14 14.50 30 6 33.83 15 13 15.62 NOTE: Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended. Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI If the requested spacing is zero, the character spacing will be defined by the character definition, and will result in variable spacing. Line spacing The legacy commands select line spacing as lines per inch. With scalable characters, the lines per inch is a minimum spacing. If a character is larger then the spacing between lines, the line spacing will be increased to allow enough room for the characters on that line. Selecting character size by points. In addition to the legacy or classic method of character size selection, the Epic 880TM allows selection by point size. Point sizes from 4 to 72 points may be selected for both the horizontal and vertical axes. If a horizontal point size of zero (0) is selected for the horizontal spacing the characters are printed using variable spacing based on the character definition, using the vertical point size for the horizontal point size. To provide fine control over character size, two commands are available, one of which specifies the size in points, and the other of which specifies the size in ¼-point increments. If the font is a stroke font, the boldness of the characters is controlled through variations in individual stroke width. Internal Fonts The Epic 880TM is provided by default with a standard WGL4 outline-based font, and optionally with an additional GB18030 stroke-based font. Additional user defined outline or stroke fonts may be used as required. The default font provided with the Epic 880TM is called UTAH MT Condensed from Monotype. This is a condensed variable-pitch font that produces reasonable fixedpitch results. In some cases, extra wide characters in this font may produce undesirable fixed-pitch results. If this is unacceptable, the TransAct Sub font may be loaded, containing slightly narrower characters in key locations. As another alternative, the printer may be ordered with a fixed-pitch font, which will not allow variable-pitch printing. Custom Fonts The Epic 880TM supports TrueType fonts. There are several companies that will provide custom character sets. The Epic 880TM uses fonts provided by Monotype. You can contract Monotype through their website www.fonts.com, or by phone in U.S. & Canada (toll-free 1-800-424-8973, directly at 1-781-970-6020), or the United Kingdom (Free Phone 0800 371242, direct +44 (0)1737 765959.) Page 196 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Stacked or Linked fonts The Epic 880TM also uses a font stacking technology where fonts are linked together. This means that as each character is looked up, the first font in the stack containing the character is then printed. For example, if a customer would like to replace several standard characters with custom characters, a user defined font can be provided that would, if first in the link, replace the characters n the standard font. It may also be desirable to stack fonts to provide a precedent for how individual characters are looked up. For example: • • • An application may wish to alter the appearance of several characters for security. It might be necessary to define a group of special symbols for a specific application. It might be necessary to supplement a font with special characters like OCR characters. To provide this flexibility, the Epic 880TM has the ability to link up to 8 fonts together. When this is done, the first font in the link is searched first. If the character is not defined, the next font in the link is searched. This process is continued until the character is found or the last font is searched. There are two ways to define a linked font. This first is to define a default linked font in the POR.INI file. If it link font is defined in the POR.INI file, it will be selected as the default power on font. Selecting font 0 will select the linked font provided that a link font is defined. It is also possible to dynamically define a linked font. This requires that the fonts to be linked be aliased to a font id in the POR.INI file. Defining a linked font does not necessarily activate it. If the linked font was not already active, it must be selected by selecting font 0. Font Storage The Epic 880TM supports a Flash file system used to store fonts, custom graphic and custom macros. A file system interface is provided for this system, where the host application may download files. In addition, TransAct Technologies provides a file loading tool that runs on Windows® based systems. To allow flexible and easy support for all kinds of fonts, fonts are stored in the Epic 880TM printer as a standard font file. These files are typically not visible to the user, however; TransAct Technologies provides a support tool that will allow the user to load their own font directly from Windows and change the way fonts are printed. It is also possible for the host application to load fonts into the printer. The printer can contain up to 99 unique and selectable fonts. Any font may be selected at any time. In addition up to 8 fonts may be linked or stacked together. Some standard character size and character pitch commands are supported as legacy commands. The appearance of the print using those commands has been optimized using the TransAct WGL4 font. If you elect to use your own font, or the GB18030 font, you may wish to use the scalable font control commands to select the character size and spacing rather than the legacy commands. 100-88002 Rev B Page 197 Unicode and Fonts TransAct Technologies provides a basic WGL4 font with the printer. This may be supplemented or replaced with a GB18030 Chinese font upon request. The printer will accept TrueType and compressed stroke fonts as defined by Monotype. If required, the customer may supplement the TransAct supplied fonts with their own custom fonts. WARNING: If you elect to load fonts into the printer you must have proper rights to that font. Do not download a font to the printer if you do not have the right to use the font as a downloaded printer font. Page 198 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Bitmap Fonts It is possible to use bitmap fonts with the ITherm 280 Printer. Bitmap fonts are fixed pitch and are not scalable. They will only function as legacy fonts. The printer is optionally supplied with 4 legacy bitmap fonts. They are in a 10x24, 12x24 draft font format and a 16x24 near letter quality format. They are defined as follows: BMFont0 = chr10x24.bft 10 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 16 characters per inch BMFont1 = chr12x24.bft 12 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 14 characters per inch BMFont2 = chr16x24.bft 16 x 24 NLQ font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch BMFont4 = ocr16x24.bft 16 x 24 OCR font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch It is possible to define a custom bitmap font. Transact supports a bitmap font compiler that will convert a bitmap font picture file into a compressed bitmap file that may be loaded into the printer as a bitmap (.bft) font file. The input to the program is a text file in a predefined format consisting of a font description and then character definitions consisting of the character ID and then the character definition. The format is as follows: (Note lines preceded with # characters are comments. # 11 by 24 font with a base line at 22 # F=X is not used in Thermal Products W=11 H=24 B=22 F=0 ; N=0000 U=0000 NULL 01 ........... 02 ........... 03 ........... 04 ........... 05 ........... 06 ........... 07 ........... 08 ........... 09 ........... 10 ........... 11 ........... 12 ........... 13 ........... 14 ........... 15 ........... 16 ........... 17 ........... 18 ........... 19 ........... 20 ........... 21 ........... 22 ........... 23 ........... 24 ........... ; N=0001 U=0020 SPACE 01 ........... 100-88002 Rev B Page 199 Unicode and Fonts 02 ........... 03 ........... 04 ........... 05 ........... 06 ........... 07 ........... 08 ........... 09 ........... 10 ........... 11 ........... 12 ........... 13 ........... 14 ........... 15 ........... 16 ........... 17 ........... 18 ........... 19 ........... 20 ........... 21 ........... 22 ........... 23 ........... 24 ........... ; N=0002 U=0021 01 ........... 02 ........... 03 ...00...... 04 ...00...... 05 ...00...... 06 ...00...... 07 ...00...... 08 ...00...... 09 ...00...... 10 ...00...... 11 ...00...... 12 ...00...... 13 ...00...... 14 ...00...... 15 ...00...... 16 ...00...... 17 ........... 18 ........... 19 ........... 20 ..0000..... 21 ..0000..... 22 ..0000..... 23 ........... 24 ........... ; N=0003 U=0022 01 ........... 02 ........... 03 .00..00.... Page 200 EXCLAMINATION MARK QUOTATION MARK 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts 04 .00..00.... 05 .00..00.... 06 .00..00.... 07 .00..00.... 08 ........... 09 ........... 10 ........... 11 ........... 12 ........... 13 ........... 14 ........... 15 ........... 16 ........... 17 ........... 18 ........... 19 ........... 20 ........... 21 ........... 22 ........... 23 ........... 24 ........... ; N=0004 U=0023 01 ........... 02 ........... 03 ........... 04 .....00.... 05 ..00.00.... 06 ..00.00.... 07 ..00.00.... 08 ..00.0000.. 09 ..0000000.. 10 0000000.... 11 0000.00.... 12 ..00.00.... 13 ..00.00.... 14 ..00.0000.. 15 ..0000000.. 16 0000000.... 17 0000.00.... 18 ..00.00.... 19 ..00.00.... 20 ..00.00.... 21 ..00....... 22 ........... 23 ........... 24 ........... NUMBER SIGN The characters must be in sequential order and must be assigned Unicode character codes. N=0001 is a sequence number in hex and is not used in controlling character generation or order. U=0021 is the Unicode address in hex and the characters must be in ascending Unicode address order. 100-88002 Rev B Page 201 Unicode and Fonts Unicode As computer systems started to address more and more international environments, the classic ASCII standard with code pages became unworkable. Several competing systems were developed. however it was clear that a standard needed to be developed. In 1991 Version 1.0 of the Unicode standard was developed, to standardize how and where characters are to be addressed in an expanded addressing scheme. In 2000 Version 3.0 of the Unicode standard was published and generally accepted. The Epic 880TM follows this standard for character placement and encoding14. Note: If a custom font is used that is not in Unicode order, the order of the font will be used as if it were in Unicode order. Any subsequent character mappings will assume to be in Unicode order and may not produce the desired effects. Unicode Encoding The Epic 880TM Printer supports Unicode character addressing using Unicode Transform Format or UTF as defined in the Version 3.0 Unicode Specification. There are several forms of UTF encoding. UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255. UTF-16 essentially sends two 8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired character. Basic UTF-16 does not define the byte order. If you wish to use UTF-16 and allow the printer to determine the byte order, you must send the byte order mark (0xFEFF) before you send any characters. To prevent loss of byte order synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application. If UTF-16 is selected, all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit, however only values between 0 and 255 are valid. Note that 24 bit encoding is not supported. UTF-16BE uses the big-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends the high byte first and then the low byte. It is not required to send the byte order mark (0xFEFF) for the correct byte order to be initialized. However, to prevent loss of byte order synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application. If UTF-16BE is selected, all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit, however only values between 0 and 255 are valid. UTF-16LE uses the little-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends the low byte first and then the high byte. It is not required to send the byte order mark (0xFEFF) for the correct byte order to be initialized. However, to prevent loss of byte order synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application. If UTF-16LE is selected all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit, however only values between 0 and 255 are valid. 14 The Version 3.0 Unicode standard defines a 24 bit addressing method that is not supported by the Epic 880TM. The Epic 880TM is limited to a 16-bit address value. Values greater than 65535 will be truncated to 16 bits. Page 202 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts UTF-8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired Unicode character. This encoding method is less straightforward but preserves some of the 8-bit character of ASCII encoding.. This method uses unique bit sequences at the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning within the MBCS encoding. See the table below for more information. If UTF-8 is selected all data sent to the printer must be encoded. All command parameters over 127 must be encoded in UTF-8. UTF-8TXT uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired Unicode character. This encoding method is identical to UTF-8 except command parameters over 127 are not UTF-8 encoded. They must be sent unmodified as 8-bit values. Note: Extended UTF encoding past 65534 is not supported in UTF-16 or UTF-8. Only Unicode addresses from 0 to 65534 are supported by the Epic 880TM Printer. Scalar Value 000000000xxxxxxx 00000yyyyyxxxxxx Zzzzyyyyyyxxxxxx 1st Byte 0xxxxxxx 110yyyyy 1110zzzz 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 10xxxxxx 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx NOTE: 4 byte encoding is not supported. 100-88002 Rev B Page 203 Unicode and Fonts File system and the POR.INI file The Epic 880TM Printer supports a file system to support TransAct Technologies fonts and allow the user to load and link custom fonts. The POSFile tool provides a Windows interface to the printer and will allow fonts and configuration files to be loaded into the printer. This tool can read and write the POR.INI file, however the TransAct supplied fonts can not be read or deleted from the printer. TrueType15 and Compressed Stroke Fonts16 are supported by the Epic 880TM Printer. User-defined TrueType fonts many be defined and loaded into the printer, however, once in the printer they can not be extracted. (This protects the copyrights on the font.) The POR.INI file is used to control how fonts are named, identified and linked, as well as allowing how the font to be printed is controlled. The following is an example of the POR.INI file: ; Default System Configuration. [encoding] mode = UTF8TXT ;NOTE: A code page is only used in ASCII mode. ;To specify a code page, use one of the following forms: CodePage = 437 ;CPFile = CP8959-1.cpm ;To remap Unicode characters, define a UniRemap.cpm file. UniMapfile = UniRemap.cpm [font] ;Optionally specify the Cache Partitions ;Fontcache = 1024,512,256 ;True Type font hinting may be disabled by setting Nohint to 1 ;Nohint = 0 ;Specify Linked fonts starting with LinkFont1. ;LinkFont1 will be searched first. ;You may specify up to 8 linked fonts. ;if Link Fonts are defined, they will be used as the default. LinkFont1 = TactMOD.ttf LinkFont2 = TactWGL_M.ttf LinkFont3 = TactGB18030.ccc ;Up to 99 fonts may be defined Font1 = TactMOD.ttf Font2 = TactWGL_M.ttf Font3 = TactGB18030.ccc ;The brush size effects only stroke fonts. Brush = 100 [legacy] 15 Some but not all features of Open Type fonts are supported. Open Type fonts are not recommended. 16 Compressed Stroke fonts are supplied by MonoType Inc. Page 204 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts ;EmulationMode = Font,Horizontal,Vertical,Width. ; Where: ; If Font = 0 Use Linkfont else 1-4 above. ; If Font is 100 or greater use BMFont (Font - 100). BMFonts only used Width. ; Horizontal and Vertical are in 8th points, Width in Dots. Custom1s = 0,56,72,10 Custom1l = 0,64,72,14 Custom2s = 0,64,72,14 Custom2l = 0,64,72,18 Epson1 = 0,56,72,10 Epson2 = 0,64,72,14 PcOS1 = 0,56,72,10 PcOS2 = 0,64,72,14 PcOS3 = 0,80,80,18 PcOS4 = 0,80,80,20 [bmfont] ;There may be up to 8 bitmap fonts. ;Bitmap fonts are fixed sizes and have no options BMFont0 = chr10x24.bft BMFont1 = chr13x24.bft BMFont2 = chr15x24.bft BMFont3 = chs15x24.bft Font1 through Font99 may be defined, and the font number is the alias used by the set font command, e.g. Font23 is selected by doing a select font 23 command. Font 0 is reserved for selecting the linked font. The printer may contain one default linked font. A linked font is a method of allowing the user to replace characters in a standard font with custom characters, described in more detail in an earlier section. The POR.INI file is one way of defining a linked font. In the above POR.INI file link the link font consists of User, TactWGL, and the TactGB18030 fonts. When a character is to be printed, the user font will be searched followed by TactWGL and then the TactGB18030 font. The first font containing the character will define the character. Note: If a link font is defined in the POR.INI file, it will be selected as the default font. If no link font is defined, Font1 will be used at power-up. If the POR.INI file does not contain a linked font, and the Font1 selection is defective, the TactWGL font will be used. If no fonts are found, the printer will only print graphics. Bitmap fonts are not recommended and should only be used if an exact bitmap is required. Bitmap fonts are not scalable like true type fonts; only the normal 2X, 3X etc. scaling is available. TransAct Technologies can, upon request and signing a non-disclosure agreement (NDA), provide tools to allow customers to develop their own bitmap fonts. These fonts must be in Unicode order but only need support the specific characters needed in the font. Note: When loaded and made available the legacy select font commands should select the bitmap font by adding 100 to the font ID. For example to use BMFont0, select font 100 in the Legacy font definition. (Note: Only the font ID is used from the legacy font definition if a bitmap font is selected.) 100-88002 Rev B Page 205 Unicode and Fonts Function Select Font All ASCII [ESC] + 3 Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 31H Decimal <27> <43> <51> Description The [ESC] + 3 command selects the font for printing. This command is used to select a previously loaded font based on its alias. Note: Selecting font 0 will select the linked font. If the selected font does not exist, the previous font will remain in effect. Function Define a Stacked or Linked Font All ASCII [ESC] + S … <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 53H Decimal <27> <43> <83> Description The [ESC] + S command defines but does not select a stacked or linked font set. This command will define a linked list of previously loaded and aliased fonts into a linked font stack. The font ID is the same ID as in the select font command. Up to 8 fonts may be linked. The last entry must be 0. If the font does not exist, it will not be made part of the link. Note: You must select font 0 to activate the linked font. Function Select Font by name All ASCII [ESC] + N <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 31H Decimal <27> <43> <51> Description The [ESC] + N command selects the font for printing by file name. This command is used to select a previously loaded font by its file name. If the selected font does not exist, the previous font will remain in effect. Note: This command may be undesirable because it embeds in the application a file name that you may wish to change in the future. By using the Alias ID the font name may change, but the application will remain constant. Page 206 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Function Initiate Unicode UTF-16BE Encoding All ASCII [ESC] + H Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 48H Decimal <27> <43> <72> Description The [ESC] + H command will put the printer into UTF-16BE character encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, you must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-16BE. You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this command. UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255, sending two 8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired character. UTF-16BE uses the big-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends the high byte first and then the low byte. Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding, even for non-print commands. Function Initiate Unicode UTF-16LE Encoding All ASCII [ESC] + L Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4CH Decimal <27> <43> <76> Description The [ESC] + L command will put the printer into UTF-16LE character encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, You must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-16LE. You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this command. UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255, sending two 8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired character. UTF-16LE uses the little-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends the low byte first and then the high byte. Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding, even for non-print commands. 100-88002 Rev B Page 207 Unicode and Fonts Function Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Encoding (MBCS) All ASCII [ESC] + M Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4DH Decimal <27> <43> <77> Description The [ESC] + M command will put the printer into UTF-8 character encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, You must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-8. You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this command. UTF-8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired Unicode character. This encoding method is less straightforward. This method uses unique bit sequences at the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning within the MBCS encoding. See the table below for more information. Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding, even for non-print commands. Scalar Value 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 000000000xxxxxxx 00000yyyyyxxxxxx zzzzyyyyyyxxxxxx 0xxxxxxx 110yyyyy 1110zzzz 10xxxxxx 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx Function Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Text only Encoding (MBCS) All ASCII [ESC] + T Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 54H Decimal <27> <43> <84> Description The [ESC] + T command will put the printer into UTF-8 Text only character encoding mode of operation. This mode is identical to the UTF-8 mode described above, except commands and there parameters are not UTF encoded. For example the following command would be used to select underline on: [ESC] W 128. If true UTF-8 encoding were in effect, the 128 parameter would be UTF encoded to [ESC] W 194 128. With UTF-8 Text only mode this command is simply [ESC] W 128. Note: This command also applies to graphic data being sent to the printer. The graphic data is a command and not text. It is not UTF-8 encoded. Page 208 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Function Initiate Normal 8-bit ASCII Character Encoding All ASCII [ESC] + A Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 41H Decimal <27> <43> <65> Description The [ESC] + A command will put the printer into normal character encoding mode of operation. One byte = one character. In this mode international characters must be selected by selecting the appropriate code page for translation. 100-88002 Rev B Page 209 Unicode and Fonts Font Size and Spacing The font typically defines the character size and line spacing. The typical font is proportional spaced. That is the spacing between characters varies. This is not always the most desirable mode of operation. To give the programmer some additional control over character spacing and line height, the Accutherm Supreme provides a width and height override command. The following table converts dots to CPI (Characters Per Inch) points and ¼ points and is useful in calculating point size settings. Dots 1/203” 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 41 48 51 68 101 Page 210 Characters per Inch (CPI) 25.38 22.56 20.30 18.45 16.92 15.62 14.50 13.53 12.69 11.94 11.28 10.68 10.15 9.67 9.23 8.83 8.46 8.12 7.81 7.52 7.25 7.00 4.95 4.23 3.98 2.99 2.01 100-88002 Rev B Points 1/72” 2.84 3.19 3.55 3.90 4.26 4.61 4.97 5.32 5.67 6.03 6.38 6.74 7.09 7.45 7.80 8.16 8.51 8.87 9.22 9.58 9.93 10.29 14.54 17.02 18.09 24.12 35.82 ¼ Points 1/288” 11.35 12.77 14.19 15.61 17.02 18.44 19.86 21.28 22.70 24.12 25.54 26.96 28.37 29.79 31.21 32.63 34.05 35.47 36.89 38.31 39.72 41.14 42.56 68.10 72.35 96.47 143.29 Unicode and Fonts Font Size and Spacing command interactions There are interactions between some of the following commands and some of the legacy font selection commands. These interactions need to be considered when developing a application for this printer. This printer uses a font rendering engine that relies on the font to provide character size and spacing information. Unfortunately, legacy applications assume all characters are the same and that the character size and spacing is fixed. To force the characters rendered by the font rendering engine to conform to legacy modes of operation, some post generation processing is performed to reposition the characters into a fixed size cell. The set minimum character height and width ([ESC] + P and [ESC] + p), the set character spacing ([ESC] + I, [ESC] + i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j), the set minimum line spacing ([ESC] + V and [ESC] + v), and the legacy font select and spacing commands all interact. The set minimum character height and width ([ESC] + P and [ESC] + p) commands set character size but in two different ways. In most systems a character point size refers only to the line spacing and indirectly to the character height. That is also true. The vertical character height referenced in these commands refer to the character height including the white space between lines. The horizontal character width is defined by the font. Normally only the character height would be specified and the width would be defined by the font and that’s how these commands work if the Width is defined as zero. If the width is defined as zero this is used as a flag to the printer to generate characters as defined by the font and use the character width returned by the font. In effect the vertical point size passed to the font rendering engine is the same as the horizontal value. The added effect of the width being passed as zero is that any enforced horizontal spacing is disables. IE the effect of the [ESC] + I, [ESC] + i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j commands are disabled. If the width is not zero, the [ESC] + I, [ESC] + i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j remain in effect and only the resulting character size is changed, the horizontal spacing is not changed. The legacy [ESC] ! select the print mode effectively issues a set minimum character height and width command followed by a set character spacing command without effecting the pseudo fixed spacing flag. The pseudo fixed spacing flag is a further complication required for dealing with fonts that are not truly fixed pitch. In some cases a fixed pitch font will have more that one character size depending on what the character is used for. This generally only affects Asian fonts where the ideograms are generally twice as wide as Latin characters. In fixed spacing mode, the printer will put the rendered character at whatever spacing is requested even if they don’t fit. If the character is too big, it will overlap the previous and next character. To allow a fixed pitch operation that deals with small and large fixed pitch character, the printer has a pseudo-fixed pitch flag that will increase the spacing in multiples of the requested spacing until it fits. The following table lists the commands and how they interact. 100-88002 Rev B Page 211 Unicode and Fonts Command Zero [ESC] + P, [ESC] + p [ESC] + P, [ESC] + p Width 0 [ESC] + I, [ESC] + i [ESC] + I, [ESC] + i [ESC] + J, [ESC] + j [ESC] + J, [ESC] + j [ESC]I Page 212 Character height From command From command Cell Width Width Not Zero Character width Same as Height From Command Value 0 No effect No effect From Font Value Not zero Value 0 No effect No effect No effect No effect From Command From Font Value Not zero No effect No effect From POR.INI definition From POR.INI definition 100-88002 Rev B From Font Based on set character spacing command Pseudo Fixed pitch flag No effect Will be used if previously set and character spacing is not being defined by the font Set Off but has no effect Set Off Set On but has no effect Set On A multiple of the value defined by the command As defined by Will be used if command previously set. Unicode and Fonts Function Set minimum character height and width in points. ASCII [ESC] + P Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 50H Decimal <27> <43> <80> Range w = 0, 4 – 72 h = 4 - 72 All The [ESC] + P command will set the minimum character width or height based on “w” for the width and “h” for height, where “w” and “h” are in points, defined as 1/72nd of an inch increments. If the character width is set to zero, the height will be used for the width and proportional spacing will be used. Note: The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0 width. Function Set minimum character height and width in ¼ points. ASCII [ESC] + p Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 70H Decimal <27> <43> <112> Range w = 0, 16 – 255 h = 16 - 255 All The [ESC] + p command will set the minimum character width or height based on “w” for the width and “h” where “w” and “h” are in ¼ points or 1/288th of an inch increments. This approximates setting characters by dot. If the character width is set to zero, the height will be used for the width and proportional spacing will be used. Note: The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0 width. Function Set Character spacing in points. ASCII [ESC] + I Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 49H Decimal <27> <43> <73> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + I command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + J command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell. 100-88002 Rev B Page 213 Unicode and Fonts If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. Function Set Character spacing in ¼ points. ASCII [ESC] + i Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 69H Decimal <27> <43> <105> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + i command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + j command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment. ASCII [ESC] + J Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4AH Decimal <27> <43> <74> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + J command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + I command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in multiples of until the character fits. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the cell size will be expanded Page 214 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment. ASCII [ESC] + j Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 6AH Decimal <27> <43> <106> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + j command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + i command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in multiples of until the character fits. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded. Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended. Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points ASCII [ESC] + V Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 56H Decimal <27> <43> <86> Range d = 0, 4 – 72 All The [ESC] + V command will set the line spacing in points, where one point is defined as 1/72nd of an inch. If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger spacing, the character height will override this setting. 100-88002 Rev B Page 215 Unicode and Fonts Function Set minimum Line Spacing in ¼ Points ASCII [ESC] + v Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 76H Decimal <27> <43> <118> Range d = 0, 16 – 255 All The [ESC] + v command will set the line spacing in ¼ points, where ¼ point is defined as 1/288th of an inch. ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range [ESC] + v 1BH 2BH 76H <27> <43> <118> d = 0, 16 – 255 If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger spacing, the character height will override this setting. Function Set stroke font brush size. ASCII [ESC] + B Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 42H Decimal <27> <43> <66> Range w = 0, 6 – 200 Description The [ESC] + B command will set brush stroke percentage for stroke fonts. If the brush size is set to zero the font design stroke width will be used. All Values from 6 to 200 represent 0.4 to 12% of the em-width of the font. The default for most fonts is about 3%. The Epic 880TM using the GB18030 font supplied by TransAct Technologies produces the best characters with a brush size of about 100. Note: The default value for the brush stroke may be set in the POR.INI file. [ESC] [ P Set character pitch (Legacy mode command) PcOS ASCII [ESC] [ P Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 50H Decimal <27> <91> <80> IPCL &%F1, &%F2, &%F3, &%F4, &%F5, &%F6, &%F7 EPOS [ESC] [SP] Description The [ESC] [ P command sets character per inch print pitch to . The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch. The following table lists the exact pitch for various values on . Page 216 100-88002 Rev B Unicode and Fonts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Resulting Characters per Inch 1.00 2.00 3.01 4.00 4.95 5.94 6.93 8.00 9.04 9.90 10.95 12.23 13.00 13.87 14.86 IPCL &%F7 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 &%F3 &%F2 &%F6 Resulting Characters per Inch 16.00 17.33 17.33 18.91 20.8 20.8 23.11 23.11 23.11 23.11 26 26 26 29.71 29.71 IPCL &%F1 &%F5 &%F4 Table 11 Character Pitch This command disables any right-side spacing set by the [ESC] V command. It enforces this spacing on the current font selection even if the character is too large for the spacing. In addition, when font changes are made, the character pitch is maintained. Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed Because this product employs outline and stroke font character generation, support for several legacy features are changed from previous printers. User Defined Characters User defined character were previously supported by a series of commands that would allow the user to define a new character bitmap. As characters are no longer bitmaps, these commands are not supported. If custom user defined characters are required, a custom font may be generated using any number of off-the-shelf font generation tools. The custom font may be loaded into the printer and then printed as any other character. Dynamic Code Page Definition Dynamic code page definition is still supported when in ASCII mode, however Unicode is now used for the source character locations. 100-88002 Rev B Page 217 Chapter 11 File System 100-88002 Rev B Page 219 This page intentionally left blank Page 220 100-88002 Rev B File System File System Interface The Epic 880TM provides a file system to support fonts, configuration information, user graphics and macros. There are a number of commands that are provided to support the file system. In general, files need to be opened for read or write, read or written, and then closed. There is a command that will delete a file, and print or return a file directory. TransAct Technologies provides a Windows® based tool that will interact with the Epic 880TM and provide a drag and drop interface to the file system. The file system in the Epic 880TM is partitioned into two sections, one for internal system use by the printer, and one for user information. The system partition is referred to as partition 0. It is reserved for fonts, configurations and code page files. This partition cannot be deleted or completely erased. The second partition is for all other information. There is a command that will erase all the files in this partition. The partition where files are placed is determined by the three character extension. File System Commands Function Open File command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] O < Mode > < Filename ><0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 4FH Decimal <27> <30> <79> Mode Mode of operation “r” for read or “w” for write. FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension. Description The [ESC] [RS]O command will select and open a file for the selected operation. If the file being opened for write exists, the existing file will be overwritten. Note that only one file may be open for external operations at any one time. The Mode and FileName take the following format and must be null terminated: r Filename.ext<0> Valid Modes are: “r” Read. “w” Write “w+” Write Append (Future enhancement) “ram” open a RAM file for write. Note: RAM files capability is an option and not available on all products. File Extensions are any three characters. The following are predefined and reserved for internal use. 100-88002 Rev B Page 221 File System Definition Partition 0= System 1= User .udf 1 Undefined macro type .mac 1 Command Macro .img 1 Graphic image. (Internal format) .bgp 1 Bitmapped internal graphic .cfg 0 configuration. .ttf 0 true type font .ccc 0 compressed stroke font .cpm 0 code page map. .bmp 1 bitmap graphic file .gph 1 raster graphic file. .ini 0 System information file .sys 0 Load image .sy_ 0 Compressed load image. Note: All other file extensions will be placed in Partition 1 (user space) Extension Function Return Free space for Open FIle. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] S Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 53H Decimal <27> <30> <83> Description The [ESC] [RS]S command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional bytes representing a 32 bit value (LSB First) representing the amount of free space in the partition containing the open file. The format is as follows: S Function Return Free space for this partition. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] s Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 73H Decimal <27> <30> <115> Where n = The partition Description The [ESC] [RS]s command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional bytes representing a 32 bit value (LSB First) representing the amount of free space in the partition. The format is as follows: S Page 222 100-88002 Rev B File System Function Close File command. ASCII [ESC] [RS] C Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 43H Decimal <27> <30> <67> Description The [ESC] [RS]C command will close the currently open file. All Function Close All Files command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] K Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 4BH Decimal <27> <30> <75> Description The [ESC] [RS]K command will close the font system and close all currently open files. Internal fonts will be reopened automatically if used. Function Delete File command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] D <0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 44H Decimal <27> <30> <68> FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension, null terminated. Description The [ESC] [RS]D command will select and delete a file. Note: Some of the system files are protected and cannot be deleted. Function Set/Clear File Attributes command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] A < Attbs > < Filename ><0> Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 41H Decimal <27> <30> <64> Attbs File attributes to modify. FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension. Each file has several attributes associated to it. They include S, R, and H. Attribute S R H Syntax +S or -S +R or -R +H or -H Name System Read Only Hidden Use This is a system file. This file cannot be erased or modified. This file is hidden and not displayed in the directory listing. Note: Attributes can be combined, however, each needs to have the + or – as a prefix. To allow these attributes to be set and cleared, the [ESC][RS]A command can be used. The format is as follows: [ESC][RS]A-R-S FileName<0> This command will remove the Read only and System attributes form File name. 100-88002 Rev B Page 223 File System Function Return the last file command status. ASCII [ESC] [RS] ? Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 3FH Decimal <27> <30> <63> All The [ESC][RS]? Command requests the file system to return the status of the last file operation. This command returns an identifier byte, followed by 2 bytes indicating the status results of the last file command. The format will be as follows: ?
              or 3F, (47 or 42),
              Where: Status = ‘G’ for success and ‘B’ for Failure Detail = Detailed status as a binary byte with bit definitions as follows: Bit 0 1 2 Hex 01 02 04 Decimal 1 2 4 3 4 08 10 8 16 5 20 32 6 8 40 80 64 128 Function File Open File in Write Mode The Read response is shorter than requested and EOF has been encountered. The file is already open. The file system has no space for the preceding operation. Could be out of Flash or out of Buffer space. A write operation has been attempted to a read only file. File requested was not found An error has occurred. Other bits may be set that give additional detail. (This bit determines the G or B status in the previous byte) Function Write File command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] W <… data ..> Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 57H Decimal <27> <30> <87> Description The [ESC] [RS]W command sends data to the printer to be stored in the file. The parameters specify the length of data that will follow where the length is LH * 256 + LL. The data is treated as binary data with no translations. Page 224 100-88002 Rev B File System Function Read File command. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] R Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 52H Decimal <27> <30> <82> Description The [ESC] [RS]R command requests that data be read from the file and returned to the host. The parameters specify the length of data that should be returned where LH * 256 + LL specifies the number of returned bytes. The data is treated as binary data with no translations. If there is not enough data in the file to make up the requested length, only the available data is returned. Function Generate and return a file directory report. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] I Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 49H Decimal <27> <30> <73> Description The [ESC] [RS]I command requests that a formatted text directory be returned from the printer. Each line is null terminated. Function Erase all files in a partition All ASCII [ESC] [RS] X

              Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 58H Decimal <27> <30> <88>

              selects the partition. 0 = System, 1 = User. Description The [ESC] [RS]X command requests that the selected partition be reformatted. Reformatting the system partition <0> is not recommended, as it will erase all fonts and render the printer unusable. Function De-fragment the file system. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] F Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 46H Decimal <27> <30> <70> Description The [ESC] [RS]F command forces the file system to go through the file system and clean up deleted file sectors. All sectors flagged for deletion are actually erased and consolidated when this command is issued. Note: File space is not necessarily freed up by a file delete. Sectors may be marked for deletion but still be present but inactive in the file system. These sectors take up flash space. Each cluster has a fixed number of sectors, and if the number of deleted sectors in a cluster exceed a predefined threshold, the cluster is de-fragmented automatically. This command forces all clusters to be de-fragmented. 100-88002 Rev B Page 225 File System Function Verify files. All ASCII [ESC] [RS] V Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 56H Decimal <27> <30> <86> Description The [ESC] [RS]V opens and reads the VERIFY.CFG file. This file contains a list of all files that are to be validated in the printer and the expected CRC of the file. If all the files verify, this command will return VG followed by it’s 2 byte CRC. If any of the files do not verify, the command will return VB followed by it’s 2 byte CRC. For example the file might look like this: Por.ini 0x06FF Usb.sys 0xDEF9 Only the Por.ini and Usb.sys files will be checked in this example. An additional and optional feature of this command is that it can verify the CRC of the operating firmware. By adding “Firmware” as a file name, this command will recalculate the Firmware CRC and compare it to the master value. If the recalculation does not match the master value, this command will return a failed response. The file would be as follows to add the Firmware check. By using the master value, this file need not be updated if the firmware is updated. Por.ini 0x06FF Usb.sys 0xDEF9 Firmware By knowing the CRC of the Verify.cfg file, the host application can verify that all the other files are correct (and optionally the firmware) without knowing anything about the other files of firmware. Note: The default Verify.cfg file contains the as shipped POR.INI file, the USB.SYS file and any resident fonts. In addition it includes a Firmware Verify. If any of these files are modified, the Verify command must be updated to reflect any changes. Note: This command is not performed as a condition of normal operation. It is up to the host application to refuse to use the printer if this command returns a fail to verify status. Note: if the Verify.cfg file is not present, the verify command will return VB and a 0 CRC. Page 226 100-88002 Rev B Chapter 12 Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control 100-88002 Rev B Page 227 This page intentionally left blank Page 228 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control The Epic 880TM printer has a number of Extended Control commands that allow an application to better track and maintain the printer. These commands are part of each supported emulation17. The printer maintains a log of printer activity. This activity may be returned to the host with the [ESC]~ T command. This command returns a ~T followed by four binary bits that make up a 32 bit unsigned integer. The description of the command below describes the format in full. The printer also contains a number of commands that will force the printer to perform specific functions to help maintain the printer or print information about the printer. The functions available are: 1) Print current configuration 2) Print current log totals Note: Each of these commands follow the ESC~ or ESCy format. Other functions are performed by these basic commands. Do not attempt to use any undocumented version of these commands. The extended diagnostics commands may affect the print quality and performance of the printer. In some cases, the commands may degrade the performance of the print cartridge or mechanism. Function Read and Return Totals ASCII [ESC] ~ T Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 54H Decimal <27> <126> <84> Description This command returns the current statistics for parameter n. The value returned will be ~T with the next 4 bytes being an unsigned integer. For example: [ESC]~T<1> Request cover open count Returns: ~T<1><0><0><1><100> or 256 + 100 or 356 cover opens Values of n 0 Black Dots 1 Red Dots 2 Not Used 3 Cover Opens 4 Paper Outs 5 Line Feeds 6 Characters Printed 7 Not Used 8 Not Used 9 Standby Cycles Request: 17 The Star emulation does not allow the use of [ESC] y commands for extended diagnostics. The [ESC] y commands are not available. 100-88002 Rev B Page 229 Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Page 230 Power Up Resets Watchdog Resets Base Flash Erases Ext Flash Erases Auto Cutter Cycles Init Requests Error Vectors Auto Cutter Faults Power On Time (Min.) System Active Time (Min.) Over Temperature Cutter Re-Home Level 1 Jam Detections Level 2 Jam Detections Missed TOF Configuration Faults Not Used Flash File Faults 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Function Print Current Configuration and Totals ASCII [ESC] y <9> or [ESC] ~ <9> Hexadecimal 1BH 79H 09H Decimal <27> <121> <9> Description This command forces the printer to print the current configuration. To function correctly it must be issued with the printer in the proper emulation mode. It is intended to be printed in the default TransAct® configuration but will print in any configuration. Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>. Function Print Current Totals ASCII [ESC] y <15> Hexadecimal 1BH 79H 0FH Decimal <27> <121> <15> Description This command forces the printer to print the current totals log. Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>. Function Print Current Print Setup Values ASCII [ESC] y <20> or [ESC] ~ <20> Hexadecimal 1BH 79H 14H Decimal <27> <121> <20> Description This command forces the printer to print the current setup values. Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>. Function: Set Electronic Journal Print Configuration Control ASCII: [ESC] ~ j Hex: 1BH 7EH 6AH Decimal: <27><126><105> Description This command reconfigures the electronic journal print mode record separator and manual printing modes Where n = 76543210 Bit values ------X0 ------X1 ------0X number. ------1X Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Enabled Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Disabled A Record separation line is printed that may contain a record No Record separation line is printed. Note: Both parameters must be set at the same time by this command. Note: The record separation configuration may be set in manual configuration mode. This command will reset the configuration to the value specified here. Note: This command performs a configuration update, and should not be done on a regular basis. Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8> to enable it. 100-88002 Rev B Page 231 Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Remote Printer Reset Reset in Serial Mode It is possible to generate a software printer reset in serial mode. The [ENQ] <10> command requests that the printer reset. (This is not a hardware reset). The reset completely initializes the hardware and software, but the printer does not recover from a loss of software control. Note: If the printer mode was changed by the [ESC] y <2> or <3> command, a soft reset will not return to the power on default. The command flow is as follows: • • • • • Page 232 The [ENQ] <10> is acknowledged. During cleanup and initialization, the printer is placed off-line. Before the printer initializes, it tries to clean up its input buffer and other internal processes. The printer’s software is reinitialized. The power-cycled flag is set. The print head is homed and re-calibrated. The printer goes back on-line. 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Miscellaneous Communication Features Power-cycle Recovery Sometimes the host needs to know if the printer was power cycled. An example would be after the receipt tape was changed. It is not necessary to turn off the printer to change the receipt. However, if the operator does, any information sent to the printer before the power cycle will be lost. The Epic 880TM Printer has a flag that is set after a reset. The flag stays set until the host requests a reset. The [ENQ] <11> command reads the flag. If the command returns power-cycled status, the power has been reset or power cycled since the last request. All unprinted information has been lost. If the print operation is critical, it is a good idea to check the power-cycle flag before and after all transactions. An alternate approach is to check the flag after every offline to on-line transition. Note: If the printer mode was changed by the [ESC] y <2> or <3> command, a powercycle reset will return to the initial configuration. Off-line Control A configuration flag that prevents the printer from going off-line (in most cases) is available. Off-line mode allows the application to query the printer for status rather than assume a status from the control signals. The feature allows the host application to query the printer at all times except when there is no power; a full input buffer; or a hard failure. For example, when the printer’s cover is open, the printer stops printing but still accepts data and inquiries. The inquire cover status command returns, “Cover open.” Hard failures result when there is no power or a printer fault occurs. If the printer is off-line, either the input buffer is full or a hard fault has occurred. The host application should not allow the input buffer to fill. 100-88002 Rev B Page 233 Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Remote Boot Load Mode Remote boot load mode is entered by command. The boot image data format is preparatory to TransAct and is not documented here. There are however a few commands that are useful to determine if the printer is in the boot load mode and if a boot load has been successful. [ESC] ~ 14% Enter Remote Boot Load mode ASCII [ESC] ~ <14> % Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 0EH 25H Decimal <27> <126> <14> <37> IPCL none EPOS [ESC] ~ <14> % Description The [ESC] ~ <14> %command is an extended diagnostics command. It will transfer control of the printer to the Remote Boot loader. [STX] K Read and return application rev. ASCII [STX] K Hexadecimal 02H 4BH Decimal <2> <75> Description Boot loader command only. Read and return the Application firmware id and revision. [STX] B Read and return boot loader rev. ASCII [STX] B Hexadecimal 02H 42H Decimal <2> <66> Description Boot loader command only. Read and return the boot loader firmware id and revision. [STX] X Check and start normal operation ASCII [STX] X Hexadecimal 02H 58H Decimal <2> <88> Description Boot loader command only. Check the CRC and restart the printer if the firmware image is valid. Page 234 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control USB Recovery Watch Dog The USB link can be susceptible to various errors that can cause it to stop functioning. This typically happens when noise is introduced into the cable resulting in a buffer overrun at the host. This can cause a hub or a USB driver to suspend interaction with whatever device appeared to be the source of the problem. When this happens, the only way to recover the link is to disconnect from the device and then reconnect. This is typically done in the host. In some cases, for various reasons, the host driver is not able to generate a disconnect. (The Transact TVS driver provides recovery but the Windows USB printer services driver does not.) It is possible to have the printer force a disconnect, however, the host application must start the service and then continue to extend the disconnect watch dog. There is one command and two status indicators to help the application keep track of the watch dog. When activated the printer will schedule a USB disconnect/reconnect after the specified time unless the command is sent again to either extend the timer or to disable the timer before the timer expires. [ESC][CAN] Activate USB Watch Dog ASCII [ESC][CAN] Hexadecimal 1BH 18H Decimal <27> <24> Function The [ESC][CAN] command schedules a USB disconnect reconnect cycle after n seconds. The scheduled disconnect can be canceled by issuing [ESC][CAN]<0>. Where n=0 disable any scheduled disconnect. n = 1-255 Scheduled a disconnect/reconnect after n seconds from when the command is received. If the disconnect occurs as a result of this command. The printer will reset the USB controller which appears to the host as a disconnect. (Effectively, the host will think the printer is off) The USB controller will be held in reset for 250 milliseconds. When the reset is removed, the USB controller will restart and a normal enumeration process will start. The printer will report not ready and not accept data for another 500 milliseconds. This will allow time for the USB driver to reload and initialize. The printer will then report ready and allow normal data flow. NOTE: This process does not actually affect the state of the print process. Any print commands previously sent to the printer will still be active. To keep track of the watch dog status, the fact that a watch dog occurred is reported as part of the ENQ 20 status command. The total number of disconnects will be reported and reset by the ENQ 35 enquire command. 100-88002 Rev B Page 235 Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Note that the ENQ 35 command will reset the count and will also reset the status reported by ENQ 20. ENQ 20 does not reset the count. It simply reports that it occurred. To keep track of how often this process is being used there is a printer statistics log entry that will be incremented when a USB watch dog disconnect actually occurs. This can be printed or reported to the host. Note: This total is not reset by the ENQ 35 command. [ENQ] <35> Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets. ASCII [ENQ] <35> Hexadecimal 05H 23H Decimal <5> <35> Function The [ENQ] <35> command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets and then resets the count to zero. Response [ACK] <35> <41> Where <35> <41> Page 236 Is the echo of command Length + 40 The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire. 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control Recovery from Mechanical Errors The TransAct Inquire commands and the Epson [DLE][ENQ] and [DLE][EOT] commands allow most printer error status to be read and in some cases recovery attempted. Paper jams and auto-cutter faults can be recovered, however, any data not previously printed will be lost. If the application is to support error recovery, the application should use the appropriate status request commands to query the printer periodically. If an error response is such that the fault is recoverable, the host application should interact with the operator and request that the fault be corrected. (for example, clear a paper jam) When the operator indicates that the problem has been corrected, the host can issue a reset request. If a serious error occurs, the printer will halt and enter fault error mode. If the fault is such that the printer can maintain communications with the host, the print status request and response system will remain active. The status of the system will however remain static, i.e. the status responses will reflect the state of the system when the fault occurred. There are errors that cannot be reported to the host system. These errors are such that the integrity of the printer do not allow continued operation. That is there is no way to report the error. These errors occur (for the most part) during power up diagnostics. They are as follows: EEPROM READ ERROR Power up only The Internal EEPROM is not readable or the check sum is bad. Pressing the Power Button will attempt to rewrite the configuration information. This may leave the printer configured incorrectly. EEPROM WRITE ERROR Power up/down and Configuration only The Internal EEPROM is defective. There is no recovery. SOFTWARE ERROR VECTOR Can occur at any time. These errors can occur during operation. They signal a serious problem with the system. In most cases this error will also generate a Watch Dog reset. A power cycle will generally recover normal printer operation. An ESD event or a firmware bug generally causes these errors. The printer maintains an error log, this log contains additional information about the fault and is printed during manual configuration. The information in this log should be reported to TransAct to identify the exact cause of the fault. USERSTORE FORMAT ERROR Power up or User Store Write Operations The User Store data in FLASH has an invalid format. Pressing the Power Button will erase the user store and reformat it. This can be caused by a firmware update. FLASH WRITE ERROR Power up or User Store Write Operation. The Program Flash has failed. There is no recovery from this error. COM ADAPTER ERROR Power up only The communications interface card is not supported by the firmware or is missing. There is no recovery. 100-88002 Rev B Page 237 Chapter 13 Epic 880TM Programmers Notes 100-88002 Rev B Page 239 This page intentionally left blank Page 240 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Programmers Notes General Notes When the serial port is used, it is important that the output lines from the printer not be shorted or back driven. If the signals are not to be used, they should be left open. The best time to configure the printer from the host using remote configuration is during system setup or software update. What Drivers Are Needed Deciding what drivers are needed can be confusing. This section is included to make that process easier. Definitions First, a few definitions: OS - Operating System. Types of OS’s are: Windows (9x/Me/4.0/2000), Linux, Unix, OS2, ... Application - A software program that a person uses to do something (i.e. a POS application) Program - Program and Application are used interchangeably. Driver - software that makes hardware do something (i.e. something useful, we hope). A driver translates (or converts) a software command to a command that specific hardware can understand. Types of drivers: Printer driver, Port driver, OPOS driver, USB driver... OCX/ActiveX - a software component that utilizes Microsoft’s OLE (Object linking and embedding). API - Application Programming Interface. In the generic sense “The API” refers to the Windows Operating system API. Types of API’s: Windows API, Visual Basic API, Delphi API, MFC API Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface? The printer can be configured to present itself as a standard printer class device. This interface is specified by the USB standards committee and is documented as the USB Device Class Definition for Printing Devices. Go to www.usb.org and search for this title or use the following link: http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/usbprint11.pdf 100-88002 Rev B Page 241 Epic 880TM Programmers Notes Windows and most other operating systems that support USB will recognize this class and provide a standard interface to the application. Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port? The TransAct Virtual Serial (TVS) USB Driver allows your application to think that it is communicating with a serial port, but is actually using the USB link to communicate with the printer. This should be downloaded and installed when requested as part of the Windows Plug and Play or may be preinstalled. The Epic 880TM printer supports a composite USB interface. This interface allows a Windows print driver to be installed to a windows USB printer port as well as supporting a virtual serial port. The printer USB port is configurable and either the windows printer port or the virtual serial port may de disabled. If you will be using OPOS, you should disable the Windows printer interface. If you are going to use only the Windows printer API, you can but do not need to disable the virtual serial interface. Are you using OPOS (UnifiedPOS/UPOS)? If you are using an application that is written to interface with the OPOS "Ole Point of Sale" standard, then the TransAct Technologies OPOS Driver will allow you to communicate with most of TransAct Technologies Printers. The OPOS Driver provides the mechanisms to print in all of the print modes supported by the printer. Note: The TransAct Technologies OPOS driver only supports the Microsoft Windows Operating Systems. Note: If you are using an Ethernet printer, UPOS can be configured to interact directly with the printer. You do not need the VSerial Ethernet driver. Do you want to print from a Windows application? Microsoft supports a Windows Printing API for Windows applications. This interface is intended to support typical Windows page printers and has features like begin document, end document and tray selection. Where this is not an ideal environment for a POS printer, however, there are cases where it is required. To support this environment TransAct Technologies provides a Windows print driver with extensions for POS. This may be down loaded and installed for most of TransAct Technologies printers. Please read the Ithaca Printer API documentation included with the driver. A POS printer is not the same as a typical consumer printer and requires unique consideration when using a Windows printer API interface. Page 242 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Programmers Notes Windows Printer Driver A Windows printer driver is a Microsoft specific, Microsoft defined, type of driver that the OS uses to translate drawing commands by a Windows application to a specific printer’s command set. A window’s printer driver is a graphics page mode driver. It is not a POS (Point of Sale) driver. (Have you ever had to open a cash drawer that was connected to your printer at home?) PC Hardware Window’s Operating System Windows Print Application Printer GDI Driver Graphics Device Interface Part of the Windows API Printer Driver Port Driver Port Hardware Serial Serial OR Parallel OR Parallel OR USB OR USB bus. OR Whatever OR Whatever. Figure 32 Windows Driver When to use a windows printer driver: Use a printer driver when writing a program that uses the Window’s API to send print information to the printer. When not to use a windows printer driver: When a program wants to send printer command codes to the printer or when a program wants to get information back from a printer. 100-88002 Rev B Page 243 Epic 880TM Programmers Notes OPOS driver An OPOS driver is an implementation of the UnifiedPOS (UPOS) specification. It provides an application interface for retail devices viz. POSPrinter, Scanner, Cash drawer, Pole Display, MICR, Scale etc. PC Hardware Windows Operating System POS Application OPOS POS Printer Driver OPOS Printer Control (ActiveX) Port Driver Port Hardware Serial Serial OR Parallel OR Parallel OR USB OR USB bus. OR Whatever OR Whatever. Figure 33 OPOS (UPOS) Driver When to use an OPOS driver: When an application is written that invokes the retail device functions based on the UPOS specification, in a vendor independent manner, OPOS can be used on the Microsoft Windows platform. It allows access to all the features of a retail device without having to deal with specific device commands. It also allows information to be retrieved from the retail device. When not to use an OPOS driver: When the application is written using windows print API and device specific commands are sent directly through the application, to the device. Page 244 100-88002 Rev B Epic 880TM Programmers Notes USB driver: A USB driver is a low level device driver, required for USB communication with the printers. It is a plug and play driver and needs to be installed for USB printers, when the printer is initially plugged into the system. Windows Operating System USB Interface OPOS Driver USB Driver USB PRINTER USB Interface Windows Driver USB Interface Windows Print App. Figure 34 USB Driver When to use the USB driver: USB Driver is needed whenever data is to be sent/received from the printer using the USB interface. It is needed with both the Windows and the OPOS drivers, when these drivers use the USB interface as the underlying communication path. It is also needed if the application does not use either the OPOS or the Windows driver but needs to communicate directly with the printer using the USB interface. When not to use the USB driver: USB driver is not needed if the application uses any of the other forms of communication viz. serial, parallel or Ethernet, and does not use USB. 100-88002 Rev B Page 245 Epic 880TM Programmers Notes POSPrinter Activex Control (POSPrinter OCX): This is not a driver; it is a software component that provides a connection from an application to a port driver. This allows an application to communicate “directly” with a printer. This approach allows an application to send the commands, it wants to, to the printer. This approach is similar to the “old DOS days” of talking to a POS printer. PC Hardware Windows Operating System POS Application POSPrinter.ocx Port Driver Port Hardware Serial OR Serial OR Parallel OR USB bus. OR Ethernet OR Whatever. Parallel Printer OR Driver USB OR Eternet OR Whatever. Figure 35 POSPrinter OCX When to use the POSPrinter OCX: When the application writer wants complete control of what is sent to the printer. The application must take the responsibility of sending the correct codes to the printer as well as detecting error conditions, and graceful recovery from error situations. When not to use the POSPrinter OCX: When you do not want to deal with the low-level commands sent to the printer. Page 246 100-88002 Rev B Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses Note: This information is based on the Unicode 3.0 Standard. For specific character locations see the Unicode standard. Note: The Epic 880TM does not contain all possible Unicode characters. The default character sets are defined by the WGL4 standard. Unicode Range 0x0000 0x007F 0x0000 0x001F 0x0020 0x007F 0x0080 0x00FF 0x00A0 0x00FF 0x0100 0x017F 0x0180 0x024F 0x0250 0x02AF 0x02B0 0x02FF 0x0300 0x036F 0x0370 0x03FF 0x0400 0x04FF 0x0500 0x052F 0x0530 0x058F 0x0590 0x05FF 0x0600 0x06FF 0x0700 0x08FF 0x0900 0x097F 0x0980 0x09FF 0x0A00 0x0A7F 0x0A80 0x0AFF 0x0B00 0x0B7F 0x0B80 0x0BFF 0x0C00 0x0C7F 0x0C80 0x0CFF 0x0D00 0x0D7F 0x0D80 0x0DFF 0x0D80 0x0DFF 0x0E00 0x0E7F 0x0E80 0x0EFF 0x0F00 0x0F7F 0x0F00 0x0FBF 0x0F80 0x0FFF 0x1000 0x105F 0x1060 0x109F 0x10A0 0x10FF 0x1100 0x11FF 0x1100 0x11F9 0x1200 0x137F 0x13A0 0x13FF 0x1400 0x167F 0x16A0 0x1DFF 0x1E00 0x1EFF 0x1F00 0x1FFF Use C0 Controls and Basic Latin C0 controls ASCII C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement Latin1 Latin Extended-A Latin Extended-B IPA Extensions Spacing Modifier Letters Combining Diacritical Marks Greek Cyrillic Unassigned zone 0500-052F Armenian Hebrew Arabic Unassigned 0700-08FF Devanagari. Based on ISCII 1988 Bengali. Based on ISCII 1988 Gurmukhi. Based on ISCII 1988 Gujarati. Based on ISCII 1988 Oriya. Based on ISCII 1988 Tamil. Based on ISCII 1988 Telugu. Based on ISCII 1988 Kannada. Based on ISCII 1988 Malayalam. Based on ISCII 1988 Unassigned zone 0D80-0DFF Sinhala (Pre-Unicode 2.0) Thai. Based on TIS 620-2529 Lao. Based on TIS 620-2529 Burmese (Pre-Unicode 2.0) Tibetan Khmer (Pre-Unicode 2.0) Tibetan (Pre-Unicode 2.0) Mongolian (Pre-Unicode 2.0) Georgian Hangul Jamo Korean combining alphabet Ethiopian (Post-Unicode 2.0) Cherokee (Post-Unicode 2.0) Canadian Syllabics (Post-Unicode 2.0) Unassigned zone 16A0-1DFF Latin Extended Additional Greek Extended 100-88002 Rev B Page 247 Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses Page 248 0x2000 0x2070 0x20A0 0x20D0 0x2100 0x2150 0x2190 0x2200 0x2300 0x2400 0x2440 0x2460 0x2500 0x2580 0x25A0 0x2600 0x2700 0x27C0 0x2800 0x2900 0x3000 0x3040 0x30A0 0x3100 0x3130 0x3190 0x31A0 0x3200 0x3300 0x3400 0x206F 0x209F 0x20CF 0x20FF 0x214F 0x218F 0x21FF 0x22FF 0x23FF 0x243F 0x245F 0x24FF 0x257F 0x259F 0x25FF 0x26FF 0x27BF 0x27FF 0x28FF 0x2FFF 0x303F 0x309F 0x30FF 0x312F 0x318F 0x319F 0x31FF 0x32FF 0x33FF 0x4DFF 0x4E00 0x9FA6 0xAC00 0xD7A4 0xD800 0xDB80 0xDC00 0xE000 0xF900 0xFB00 0xFB50 0xFE20 0xFE30 0xFE50 0xFE70 0xFEFF 0xFF00 0xFFF0 0xFFF0 0xFFFE 0x9FA5 0xABFF 0xD7A3 0xD7FF 0xDB7F 0xDBFF 0xDFFF 0xF8FF 0xFAFF 0xFB4F 0xFDFF 0xFE2F 0xFE4F 0xFE6F 0xFEFF 0xFEFF 0xFFEF 0xFFFF 0xFFFD 0xFFFF General Punctuation Superscripts and Subscripts Currency Symbols Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols Letter like Symbols Number Forms Arrows Mathematical Operators Miscellaneous Technical Control Pictures Optical Character Recognition Enclosed Alphanumerics Box Drawing Block Elements Geometric Shapes Miscellaneous Symbols Dingbats Unassigned zone 27C0-27FF Braille Pattern Symbols (Post-Unicode 2.0) Unassigned zone 2900-2FFF CJK Symbols and Punctuation Hiragana Katakana Bopomofo Hangul Compatibility Jamo. Based on KSC 5601 Kanbun Unassigned zone 31A0-31FF Enclosed CJK Letters and Months CJK Compatibility CJK Unified Ideograph Extension A (Post-Unicode 2.0) CJK Unified Ideographs Unassigned zone 9FA6-ABFF Hangul Syllables Unassigned zone D7A4-D7FF High Surrogates Private Use High Surrogates Low Surrogates Private Use Area CJK Compatibility Ideographs Alphabetic Presentation Forms Arabic Presentation Forms-A Combining Half Marks CJK Compatibility Forms Small Form Variants Arabic Presentation Forms-B Special Half width and Full width Forms Specials Specials Not character codes 100-88002 Rev B Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses Note: This information is based on the Microsoft's Typography web page. UNICODE 0020 0021 0022 0023 0024 0025 0026 0027 0028 0029 002A 002B 002C 002D 002E 002F 0030 0031 0032 0033 0034 0035 0036 0037 0038 0039 003A 003B 003C 003D 003E 003F 0040 0041 0042 0043 0044 0045 0046 0047 0048 0049 004A 004B 004C 004D 004E 004F 0050 0051 0052 0053 0054 0055 0056 0057 0058 0059 005A 005B 005C 005D 005E 005F 0060 0061 0062 0063 CHARACTER SPACE EXCLAMATION MARK QUOTATION MARK NUMBER SIGN DOLLAR SIGN PERCENT SIGN AMPERSAND APOSTROPHE LEFT PARENTHESIS RIGHT PARENTHESIS ASTERISK PLUS SIGN COMMA HYPHEN-MINUS PERIOD SLASH DIGIT ZERO DIGIT ONE DIGIT TWO DIGIT THREE DIGIT FOUR DIGIT FIVE DIGIT SIX DIGIT SEVEN DIGIT EIGHT DIGIT NINE COLON SEMICOLON LESS-THAN SIGN EQUALS SIGN GREATER-THAN SIGN QUESTION MARK COMMERCIAL AT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z LEFT SQUARE BRACKET BACKSLASH RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT UNDERLINE GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A LATIN SMALL LETTER B LATIN SMALL LETTER C 0064 0065 0066 0067 0068 0069 006A 006B 006C 006D 006E 006F 0070 0071 0072 0073 0074 0075 0076 0077 0078 0079 007A 007B 007C 007D 007E 00A0 00A1 00A2 00A3 00A4 00A5 00A6 00A7 00A8 00A9 00AA 00AB 00AC 00AD 00AE 00AF 00B0 00B1 00B2 00B3 00B4 00B5 00B6 00B7 00B8 00B9 00BA 00BB 00BC 00BD 00BE 00BF 00C0 00C1 00C2 00C3 00C4 00C5 00C6 100-88002 Rev B LATIN SMALL LETTER D LATIN SMALL LETTER E LATIN SMALL LETTER F LATIN SMALL LETTER G LATIN SMALL LETTER H LATIN SMALL LETTER I LATIN SMALL LETTER J LATIN SMALL LETTER K LATIN SMALL LETTER L LATIN SMALL LETTER M LATIN SMALL LETTER N LATIN SMALL LETTER O LATIN SMALL LETTER P LATIN SMALL LETTER Q LATIN SMALL LETTER R LATIN SMALL LETTER S LATIN SMALL LETTER T LATIN SMALL LETTER U LATIN SMALL LETTER V LATIN SMALL LETTER W LATIN SMALL LETTER X LATIN SMALL LETTER Y LATIN SMALL LETTER Z LEFT CURLY BRACKET VERTICAL LINE RIGHT CURLY BRACKET TILDE NO-BREAK SPACE INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK CENT SIGN POUND SIGN CURRENCY SIGN YEN SIGN BROKEN BAR SECTION SIGN DIAERESIS COPYRIGHT SIGN FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR LEFT GUILLEMET NOT SIGN SOFT HYPHEN REGISTERED TRADE MARK SIGN MACRON, OVERLINE DEGREE SIGN PLUS-MINUS SIGN SUPERSCRIPT TWO SUPERSCRIPT THREE ACUTE ACCENT MICRO SIGN PARAGRAPH SIGN MIDDLE DOT, KANA CONJOCTIVE CEDILLA SUPERSCRIPT ONE MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR RIGHT GUILLEMET VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS INVERTED QUESTION MARK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH E Page 249 Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 00C7 00C8 00C9 00CA 00CB 00CC 00CD 00CE 00CF 00D0 00D1 00D2 00D3 00D4 00D5 00D6 00D7 00D8 00D9 00DA 00DB 00DC 00DD 00DE 00DF 00E0 00E1 00E2 00E3 00E4 00E5 00E6 00E7 00E8 00E9 00EA 00EB 00EC 00ED 00EE 00EF 00F0 00F1 00F2 00F3 00F4 00F5 00F6 00F7 00F8 00F9 00FA 00FB 00FC 00FD 00FE 00FF Page 250 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS MULTIPLICATION SIGN LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH OBLIQUE STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH E LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS DIVISION SIGN LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH OBLIQUE STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS 100-88002 Rev B 0100 0101 0102 0103 0104 0105 0106 0107 0108 0109 010A 010B 010C 010D 010E 010F 0110 0111 0112 0113 0114 0115 0116 0117 0118 0119 011A 011B 011C 011D 011E 011F 0120 0121 0122 0123 0124 0125 0126 0127 0128 0129 012A 012B 012C 012D 012E 012F 0130 0131 0132 0133 0134 0135 0136 0137 0138 0139 013A 013B 013C 013D 013E 013F 0140 0141 0142 0143 0144 0145 0146 0147 0148 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CARON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGENEK LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGENEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH MACRON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH OGONEK LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH OGONEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITHOUT DOT ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE IJ LATIN SMALL LIGATURE IJ LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER KRA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH HACEK Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 0149 014A 014B 014C 014D 014E 014F 0150 0151 0152 0153 0154 0155 0156 0157 0158 0159 015A 015B 015C 015D 015E 015F 0160 0161 0162 0163 0164 0165 0166 0167 0168 0169 016A 016B 016C 016D 016E 016F 0170 0171 0172 0173 0174 0175 0176 0177 0178 0179 017A 017B 017C 017D 017E 017F 0192 01FA 01FB 01FC 01FD 01FE 01FF 02C6 02C7 02C9 LATIN SMALL LETTER N PRECEDED BY APOSTROPHE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ENG LATIN SMALL LETTER ENG LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE O WITH E LATIN SMALL LIGATURE O WITH E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH HACEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH BREVE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH BREVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH OGONEK LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH OGONEK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CMALL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE ACCENT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH HACEK LATIN SMALL LETTER LONG S LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT F,FLORIN SIGN LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE AE WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LIGATURE AE WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE NONSPACING CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT MODIFIER LETTER HACEK MODIFIER LETTER MACRON 100-88002 Rev B 02D8 02D9 02DA 02DB 02DC 02DD 0384 0385 0386 0387 0388 0389 038A 038C 038E 038F 0390 0391 0392 0393 0394 0395 0396 0397 0398 0399 039A 039B 039C 039D 039E 039F 03A0 03A1 03A3 03A4 03A5 03A6 03A7 03A8 03A9 03AA 03AB 03AC 03AD 03AE 03AF 03B0 03B1 03B2 03B3 03B4 03B5 03B6 03B7 03B8 03B9 03BA 03BB 03BC 03BD 03BE 03BF 03C0 03C1 03C2 03C3 03C4 03C5 BREVE DOT ABOVE RING ABOVE OGONEK NONSPACING TILDE MODIFIER LETTER DOUBLE PRIME GREEK TONOS GREEK DIALYTIKA TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS GREEK ANO TELEIA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA GREEK SMALL LETTER MU GREEK SMALL LETTER NU GREEK SMALL LETTER XI GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON GREEK SMALL LETTER PI GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON Page 251 Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 03C6 03C7 03C8 03C9 03CA 03CB 03CC 03CD 03CE 0401 0402 0403 0404 0405 0406 0407 0408 0409 040A 040B 040C 040E 040F 0410 0411 0412 0413 0414 0415 0416 0417 0418 0419 041A 041B 041C 041D 041E 041F 0420 0421 0422 0423 0424 0425 0426 0427 0428 0429 042A 042B 042C 042D 042E 042F 0880 0431 0432 0433 0434 0435 0436 0437 0438 0439 043A 043B 043C 043D 043E 043F 0440 0441 0442 Page 252 GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DJE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GJE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BYELORUSSIANUKRAINIAN I CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YI CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER JE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER LJE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER NJE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KJE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT U CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE 100-88002 Rev B 0443 0444 0445 0446 0447 0448 0449 044A 044B 044C 044D 044E 044F 0451 0452 0453 0454 0455 0456 0457 0458 0459 045A 045B 045C 045E 045F 0490 0491 1E80 1E81 1E82 1E83 1E84 1E85 1EF2 1EF3 2013 2014 2015 2017 2018 2019 201A 201B 201C 201D 201E 2020 2021 2022 2026 2030 2032 2033 2039 203A 203C 203E 2044 207F 20A3 20A4 20A7 20AC 2105 2113 2116 2122 2126 212E 215B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DJE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GJE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BYELORUSSIANUKRAINIAN I CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YI CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER JE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER LJE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER NJE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KJE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT U CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE EN DASH EM DASH HORIZONTAL BAR DOUBLE LOW LINE LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK SINGLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK DAGGER DOUBLE DAGGER BULLET HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS PER MILLE SIGN PRIME DOUBLE PRIME SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK DOUBLE EXCLAMATION MARK OVERLINE FRACTION SLASH SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL LETTER N FRENCH FRANC SIGN LIRA SIGN PESETA SIGN EURO CURRENCY SYMBOL CARE OF SCRIPT SMALL L NUMERO SIGN TRADEMARK SIGN OHM SIGN ESTIMATED SYMBOL VULGAR FRACTION ONE EIGHTH Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 215C 215D 215E 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 21A8 2202 2206 220F 2211 2212 2215 2219 221A 221E 221F 2229 222B 2248 2260 2261 2264 2265 2302 2310 2320 2321 2500 2502 250C 2510 2514 2518 251C 2524 252C 2534 253C 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 255A 255B 255C 255D 255E 255F 2560 2561 2562 VULGAR FRACTION THREE EIGHTHS VULGAR FRACTION FIVE EIGHTHS VULGAR FRACTION SEVEN EIGHTHS LEFTWARDS ARROW UPWARDS ARROW RIGHTWARDS ARROW DOWNWARDS ARROW LEFT RIGHT ARROW UP DOWN ARROW UP DOWN ARROW WITH BASE PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL INCREMENT N-ARY PRODUCT N-ARY SUMMATION MINUS SIGN DIVISION SLASH BULLET OPERATOR SQUARE ROOT INFINITY RIGHT ANGLE INTERSECTION INTEGRAL ALMOST EQUAL TO NOT EQUAL TO IDENTICAL TO LESS-THAN OR EQUAL TO GREATER-THAN OR EQUAL TO HOUSE REVERSED NOT SIGN TOP HALF INTEGRAL BOTTOM HALF INTEGRAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE 100-88002 Rev B 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 256A 256B 256C 2580 2584 2588 258C 2590 2591 2592 2593 25A0 25A1 25AA 25AB 25AC 25B2 25BA 25BC 25C4 25CA 25CB 25CF 25D8 25D9 25E6 263A 263B 263C 2640 2642 2660 2663 2665 2666 266A 266B F001 F002 FB01 FB02 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL LEFT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL HORIZONTAL UPPER HALF BLOCK LOWER HALF BLOCK FULL BLOCK LEFT HALF BLOCK RIGHT HALF BLOCK LIGHT SHADE MEDIUM SHADE DARK SHADE BLACK SQUARE WHITE SQUARE BLACK SMALL SQUARE WHITE SMALL SQUARE BLACK RECTANGLE BLACK UP-POINTING TRIANGLE BLACK RIGHT-POINTING POINTER BLACK DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE BLACK LEFT-POINTING POINTER LOZENGE WHITE CIRCLE BLACK CIRCLE INVERSE BULLET INVERSE WHITE CIRCLE WHITE BULLET WHITE SMILING FACE BLACK SMILING FACE WHITE SUN WITH RAYS FEMALE SIGN MALE SIGN BLACK SPADE SUIT BLACK CLUB SUIT BLACK HEART SUIT BLACK DIAMOND SUIT EIGHTH NOTE BEAMED EIGHTH NOTES FI LIGATURE FL LIGATURE FI LIGATURE FL LIGATURE Page 253 AND AND AND AND AND AND AND AND AND AND Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses There are 28575 Characters in this set. UNICODE 0020 0021 0022 0023 0024 0025 0026 0027 0028 0029 002A 002B 002C 002D 002E 002F 0030 0031 0032 0033 0034 0035 0036 0037 0038 0039 003A 003B 003C 003D 003E 003F 0040 0041 0042 0043 0044 0045 0046 0047 0048 0049 004A 004B 004C 004D 004E 004F 0050 0051 0052 0053 0054 0055 0056 0057 0058 0059 005A 005B 005C 005D 005E 005F 0060 0061 0062 0063 0064 0065 0066 0067 0068 0069 006A 006B 006C 006D 006E 006F 0070 Page 254 CHARACTER SPACE EXCLAMATION MARK QUOTATION MARK NUMBER SIGN DOLLAR SIGN PERCENT SIGN AMPERSAND APOSTROPHE LEFT PARENTHESIS RIGHT PARENTHESIS ASTERISK PLUS SIGN COMMA HYPHEN-MINUS FULL STOP SOLIDUS DIGIT ZERO DIGIT ONE DIGIT TWO DIGIT THREE DIGIT FOUR DIGIT FIVE DIGIT SIX DIGIT SEVEN DIGIT EIGHT DIGIT NINE COLON SEMICOLON LESS-THAN SIGN EQUALS SIGN GREATER-THAN SIGN QUESTION MARK COMMERCIAL AT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z LEFT SQUARE BRACKET REVERSE SOLIDUS RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LOW LINE GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A LATIN SMALL LETTER B LATIN SMALL LETTER C LATIN SMALL LETTER D LATIN SMALL LETTER E LATIN SMALL LETTER F LATIN SMALL LETTER G LATIN SMALL LETTER H LATIN SMALL LETTER I LATIN SMALL LETTER J LATIN SMALL LETTER K LATIN SMALL LETTER L LATIN SMALL LETTER M LATIN SMALL LETTER N LATIN SMALL LETTER O LATIN SMALL LETTER P 0071 0072 0073 0074 0075 0076 0077 0078 0079 007A 007B 007C 007D 007E 007F 00A4 00A7 00A8 00B0 00B1 00B7 00D7 00E0 00E1 00E8 00E9 00EA 00EC 00ED 00F2 00F3 00F7 00F9 00FA 00FC 0101 0113 011B 012B 0144 0148 014D 016B 01CE 01D0 01D2 01D4 01D6 01D8 01DA 01DC 0251 0261 02C7 02C9 02CA 02CB 02D9 0391 0392 0393 0394 0395 0396 0397 0398 0399 039A 039B 039C 039D 039E 100-88002 Rev B LATIN SMALL LETTER Q LATIN SMALL LETTER R LATIN SMALL LETTER S LATIN SMALL LETTER T LATIN SMALL LETTER U LATIN SMALL LETTER V LATIN SMALL LETTER W LATIN SMALL LETTER X LATIN SMALL LETTER Y LATIN SMALL LETTER Z LEFT CURLY BRACKET VERTICAL LINE RIGHT CURLY BRACKET TILDE CURRENCY SIGN SECTION SIGN DIAERESIS DEGREE SIGN PLUS-MINUS SIGN MIDDLE DOT MULTIPLICATION SIGN LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE DIVISION SIGN LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND MACRON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND CARON LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER ALPHA LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT G CARON (MANDARIN CHINESE THIRD TONE) MODIFIER LETTER MACRON (MANDARIN CHINESE FIRST TONE) MODIFIER LETTER ACUTE ACCENT (MANDARIN CHINESE SECOND TONE) MODIFIER LETTER GRAVE ACCENT (MANDARIN CHINESE FOURTH TONE) DOT ABOVE (MANDARIN CHINESE LIGHT TONE) GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses 039F 03A0 03A1 03A3 03A4 03A5 03A6 03A7 03A8 03A9 03B1 03B2 03B3 03B4 03B5 03B6 03B7 03B8 03B9 03BA 03BB 03BC 03BD 03BE 03BF 03C0 03C1 03C3 03C4 03C5 03C6 03C7 03C8 03C9 0401 0410 0411 0412 0413 0414 0415 0416 0417 0418 0419 041A 041B 041C 041D 041E 041F 0420 0421 0422 0423 0424 0425 0426 0427 0428 0429 042A 042B 042C 042D 042E 042F 0430 0431 0432 0433 0434 0435 0436 0437 0438 0439 043A 043B 043C 043D 043E 043F 0440 0441 0442 0443 0444 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA GREEK SMALL LETTER MU GREEK SMALL LETTER NU GREEK SMALL LETTER XI GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON GREEK SMALL LETTER PI GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF 100-88002 Rev B 0445 0446 0447 0448 0449 044A 044B 044C 044D 044E 044F 0451 2010 2013 2014 2015 2016 2018 2019 201C 201D 2025 2026 2030 2032 2033 2035 203B 20AC 2103 2105 2109 2116 2121 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 216A 216B 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2190 2191 2192 2193 2196 2197 2198 2199 2208 220F 2211 2215 221A 221D 221E 221F 2220 2223 2225 2227 2228 2229 222A 222B 222E 2234 2235 2236 2237 223D 2248 224C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO HYPHEN EN DASH EM DASH HORIZONTAL BAR DOUBLE VERTICAL LINE LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK TWO DOT LEADER HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS PER MILLE SIGN PRIME DOUBLE PRIME REVERSED PRIME REFERENCE MARK EURO SIGN DEGREE CELSIUS CARE OF DEGREE FAHRENHEIT NUMERO SIGN TELEPHONE SIGN ROMAN NUMERAL ONE ROMAN NUMERAL TWO ROMAN NUMERAL THREE ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE ROMAN NUMERAL SIX ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT ROMAN NUMERAL NINE ROMAN NUMERAL TEN ROMAN NUMERAL ELEVEN ROMAN NUMERAL TWELVE SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL ONE SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TWO SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL THREE SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SIX SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL NINE SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TEN LEFTWARDS ARROW UPWARDS ARROW RIGHTWARDS ARROW DOWNWARDS ARROW NORTH WEST ARROW NORTH EAST ARROW SOUTH EAST ARROW SOUTH WEST ARROW ELEMENT OF N-ARY PRODUCT N-ARY SUMMATION DIVISION SLASH SQUARE ROOT PROPORTIONAL TO INFINITY RIGHT ANGLE ANGLE DIVIDES PARALLEL TO LOGICAL AND LOGICAL OR INTERSECTION UNION INTEGRAL CONTOUR INTEGRAL THEREFORE BECAUSE RATIO PROPORTION REVERSED TILDE (LAZY S) ALMOST EQUAL TO ALL EQUAL TO Page 255 Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses 2252 2260 2261 2264 2265 2266 2267 226E 226F 2295 2299 22A5 22BF 2312 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 247A 247B 247C 247D 247E 247F 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 248A 248B 248C 248D 248E 248F 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 249A 249B 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 250A 250B 250C 250D Page 256 APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO OR THE IMAGE OF NOT EQUAL TO IDENTICAL TO LESS-THAN OR EQUAL TO GREATER-THAN OR EQUAL TO LESS-THAN OVER EQUAL TO GREATER-THAN OVER EQUAL TO NOT LESS-THAN NOT GREATER-THAN CIRCLED PLUS CIRCLED DOT OPERATOR UP TACK RIGHT TRIANGLE ARC CIRCLED DIGIT ONE CIRCLED DIGIT TWO CIRCLED DIGIT THREE CIRCLED DIGIT FOUR CIRCLED DIGIT FIVE CIRCLED DIGIT SIX CIRCLED DIGIT SEVEN CIRCLED DIGIT EIGHT CIRCLED DIGIT NINE CIRCLED NUMBER TEN PARENTHESIZED DIGIT ONE PARENTHESIZED DIGIT TWO PARENTHESIZED DIGIT THREE PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FOUR PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FIVE PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SIX PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SEVEN PARENTHESIZED DIGIT EIGHT PARENTHESIZED DIGIT NINE PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER ELEVEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWELVE PARENTHESIZED NUMBER THIRTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FOURTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FIFTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SIXTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SEVENTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER EIGHTEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER NINETEEN PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWENTY DIGIT ONE FULL STOP DIGIT TWO FULL STOP DIGIT THREE FULL STOP DIGIT FOUR FULL STOP DIGIT FIVE FULL STOP DIGIT SIX FULL STOP DIGIT SEVEN FULL STOP DIGIT EIGHT FULL STOP DIGIT NINE FULL STOP NUMBER TEN FULL STOP NUMBER ELEVEN FULL STOP NUMBER TWELVE FULL STOP NUMBER THIRTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER FOURTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER FIFTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER SIXTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER SEVENTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER EIGHTEEN FULL STOP NUMBER NINETEEN FULL STOP NUMBER TWENTY FULL STOP BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE DASH HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE DASH HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE DASH VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE DASH VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY 100-88002 Rev B 250E 250F 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 251A 251B 251C 251D 251E 251F 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 252A 252B 252C 252D 252E 252F 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 253A 253B 253C BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND RIGHT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RIGHT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND RIGHT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND RIGHT UP HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT DOWN HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND LEFT UP HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT DOWN HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEFT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND LEFT DOWN HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT DOWN HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND LEFT UP HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT UP HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses 253D 253E 253F 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 254A 254B 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 255A 255B 255C 255D 255E 255F 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 256A 256B 256C 256D 256E 256F BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND RIGHT VERTICAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEFT VERTICAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND DOWN HORIZONTAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND UP HORIZONTAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LEFT UP HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT UP HEAVY AND LEFT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LEFT DOWN HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND UP HORIZONTAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND DOWN HORIZONTAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND LEFT VERTICAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT VERTICAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOWN AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND LEFT 100-88002 Rev B 2570 2571 2572 2573 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 258A 258B 258C 258D 258E 258F 2593 2594 2595 25A0 25A1 25B2 25B3 25BC 25BD 25C6 25C7 25CB 25CE 25CF 25E2 25E3 25E4 25E5 2605 2606 2609 2640 2642 2FF0 2FF1 2FF2 2FF3 2FF4 2FF5 2FF6 2FF7 2FF8 2FF9 2FFA 2FFB 3000 3001 3002 3003 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 300A 300B 300C 300D 300E 300F BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL UPPER RIGHT TO LOWER LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL UPPER LEFT TO LOWER RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL CROSS LOWER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK LOWER ONE QUARTER BLOCK LOWER THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK LOWER HALF BLOCK LOWER FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK LOWER THREE QUARTERS BLOCK LOWER SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK FULL BLOCK LEFT SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK LEFT THREE QUARTERS BLOCK LEFT FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK LEFT HALF BLOCK LEFT THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK LEFT ONE QUARTER BLOCK LEFT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK DARK SHADE UPPER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK RIGHT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK BLACK SQUARE WHITE SQUARE BLACK UP-POINTING TRIANGLE WHITE UP-POINTING TRIANGLE BLACK DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE WHITE DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE BLACK DIAMOND WHITE DIAMOND WHITE CIRCLE BULLSEYE BLACK CIRCLE BLACK LOWER RIGHT TRIANGLE BLACK LOWER LEFT TRIANGLE BLACK UPPER LEFT TRIANGLE BLACK UPPER RIGHT TRIANGLE BLACK STAR WHITE STAR SUN FEMALE SIGN MALE SIGN IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER LEFT TO RIGHT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER ABOVE TO BELOW IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER LEFT TO MIDDLE AND RIGHT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER ABOVE TO MIDDLE AND BELOW IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER FULL SURROUND IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM ABOVE IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM BELOW IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM LEFT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER LEFT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER RIGHT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM LOWER LEFT IDEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER OVERLAID IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA IDEOGRAPHIC FULL STOP DITTO MARK IDEOGRAPHIC ITERATION MARK IDEOGRAPHIC CLOSING MARK IDEOGRAPHIC NUMBER ZERO LEFT ANGLE BRACKET RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET LEFT CORNER BRACKET RIGHT CORNER BRACKET LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET RIGHT WHITE CORNER BRACKET Page 257 Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 301D 301E 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 303E 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 304A 304B 304C 304D 304E 304F 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 305A 305B 305C 305D 305E 305F 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 306A 306B 306C 306D 306E 306F 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 307A 307B 307C 307D 307E 307F 3080 3081 3082 3083 Page 258 LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET POSTAL MARK GETA MARK LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET LEFT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET RIGHT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET REVERSED DOUBLE PRIME QUOTATION MARK DOUBLE PRIME QUOTATION MARK HANGZHOU NUMERAL ONE HANGZHOU NUMERAL TWO HANGZHOU NUMERAL THREE HANGZHOU NUMERAL FOUR HANGZHOU NUMERAL FIVE HANGZHOU NUMERAL SIX HANGZHOU NUMERAL SEVEN HANGZHOU NUMERAL EIGHT HANGZHOU NUMERAL NINE IDEOGRAPHIC VARIATION INDICATOR HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL A HIRAGANA LETTER A HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL I HIRAGANA LETTER I HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL U HIRAGANA LETTER U HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL E HIRAGANA LETTER E HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL O HIRAGANA LETTER O HIRAGANA LETTER KA HIRAGANA LETTER GA HIRAGANA LETTER KI HIRAGANA LETTER GI HIRAGANA LETTER KU HIRAGANA LETTER GU HIRAGANA LETTER KE HIRAGANA LETTER GE HIRAGANA LETTER KO HIRAGANA LETTER GO HIRAGANA LETTER SA HIRAGANA LETTER ZA HIRAGANA LETTER SI HIRAGANA LETTER ZI HIRAGANA LETTER SU HIRAGANA LETTER ZU HIRAGANA LETTER SE HIRAGANA LETTER ZE HIRAGANA LETTER SO HIRAGANA LETTER ZO HIRAGANA LETTER TA HIRAGANA LETTER DA HIRAGANA LETTER TI HIRAGANA LETTER DI HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL TU HIRAGANA LETTER TU HIRAGANA LETTER DU HIRAGANA LETTER TE HIRAGANA LETTER DE HIRAGANA LETTER TO HIRAGANA LETTER DO HIRAGANA LETTER NA HIRAGANA LETTER NI HIRAGANA LETTER NU HIRAGANA LETTER NE HIRAGANA LETTER NO HIRAGANA LETTER HA HIRAGANA LETTER BA HIRAGANA LETTER PA HIRAGANA LETTER HI HIRAGANA LETTER BI HIRAGANA LETTER PI HIRAGANA LETTER HU HIRAGANA LETTER BU HIRAGANA LETTER PU HIRAGANA LETTER HE HIRAGANA LETTER BE HIRAGANA LETTER PE HIRAGANA LETTER HO HIRAGANA LETTER BO HIRAGANA LETTER PO HIRAGANA LETTER MA HIRAGANA LETTER MI HIRAGANA LETTER MU HIRAGANA LETTER ME HIRAGANA LETTER MO HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YA 100-88002 Rev B 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 308A 308B 308C 308D 308E 308F 3090 3091 3092 3093 309B 309C 309D 309E 30A1 30A2 30A3 30A4 30A5 30A6 30A7 30A8 30A9 30AA 30AB 30AC 30AD 30AE 30AF 30B0 30B1 30B2 30B3 30B4 30B5 30B6 30B7 30B8 30B9 30BA 30BB 30BC 30BD 30BE 30BF 30C0 30C1 30C2 30C3 30C4 30C5 30C6 30C7 30C8 30C9 30CA 30CB 30CC 30CD 30CE 30CF 30D0 30D1 30D2 30D3 30D4 30D5 30D6 30D7 30D8 30D9 30DA 30DB 30DC 30DD 30DE 30DF 30E0 30E1 30E2 HIRAGANA LETTER YA HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YU HIRAGANA LETTER YU HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YO HIRAGANA LETTER YO HIRAGANA LETTER RA HIRAGANA LETTER RI HIRAGANA LETTER RU HIRAGANA LETTER RE HIRAGANA LETTER RO HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL WA HIRAGANA LETTER WA HIRAGANA LETTER WI HIRAGANA LETTER WE HIRAGANA LETTER WO HIRAGANA LETTER N KATAKANA-HIRAGANA VOICED SOUND MARK KATAKANA-HIRAGANA SEMI-VOICED SOUND MARK HIRAGANA ITERATION MARK HIRAGANA VOICED ITERATION MARK KATAKANA LETTER SMALL A KATAKANA LETTER A KATAKANA LETTER SMALL I KATAKANA LETTER I KATAKANA LETTER SMALL U KATAKANA LETTER U KATAKANA LETTER SMALL E KATAKANA LETTER E KATAKANA LETTER SMALL O KATAKANA LETTER O KATAKANA LETTER KA KATAKANA LETTER GA KATAKANA LETTER KI KATAKANA LETTER GI KATAKANA LETTER KU KATAKANA LETTER GU KATAKANA LETTER KE KATAKANA LETTER GE KATAKANA LETTER KO KATAKANA LETTER GO KATAKANA LETTER SA KATAKANA LETTER ZA KATAKANA LETTER SI KATAKANA LETTER ZI KATAKANA LETTER SU KATAKANA LETTER ZU KATAKANA LETTER SE KATAKANA LETTER ZE KATAKANA LETTER SO KATAKANA LETTER ZO KATAKANA LETTER TA KATAKANA LETTER DA KATAKANA LETTER TI KATAKANA LETTER DI KATAKANA LETTER SMALL TU KATAKANA LETTER TU KATAKANA LETTER DU KATAKANA LETTER TE KATAKANA LETTER DE KATAKANA LETTER TO KATAKANA LETTER DO KATAKANA LETTER NA KATAKANA LETTER NI KATAKANA LETTER NU KATAKANA LETTER NE KATAKANA LETTER NO KATAKANA LETTER HA KATAKANA LETTER BA KATAKANA LETTER PA KATAKANA LETTER HI KATAKANA LETTER BI KATAKANA LETTER PI KATAKANA LETTER HU KATAKANA LETTER BU KATAKANA LETTER PU KATAKANA LETTER HE KATAKANA LETTER BE KATAKANA LETTER PE KATAKANA LETTER HO KATAKANA LETTER BO KATAKANA LETTER PO KATAKANA LETTER MA KATAKANA LETTER MI KATAKANA LETTER MU KATAKANA LETTER ME KATAKANA LETTER MO Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses 30E3 30E4 30E5 30E6 30E7 30E8 30E9 30EA 30EB 30EC 30ED 30EE 30EF 30F0 30F1 30F2 30F3 30F4 30F5 30F6 30FC 30FD 30FE 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 310A 310B 310C 310D 310E 310F 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 311A 311B 311C 311D 311E 311F 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3231 32A3 338E 338F 339C 339D 339E 33A1 33C4 33CE 33D1 33D2 33D5 3400-4DB5 4E00-9FA5 E78D-E796 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YA KATAKANA LETTER YA KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YU KATAKANA LETTER YU KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YO KATAKANA LETTER YO KATAKANA LETTER RA KATAKANA LETTER RI KATAKANA LETTER RU KATAKANA LETTER RE KATAKANA LETTER RO KATAKANA LETTER SMALL WA KATAKANA LETTER WA KATAKANA LETTER WI KATAKANA LETTER WE KATAKANA LETTER WO KATAKANA LETTER N KATAKANA LETTER VU KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KA KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KE KATAKANA-HIRAGANA PROLONGED SOUND MARK KATAKANA ITERATION MARK KATAKANA VOICED ITERATION MARK BOPOMOFO LETTER B BOPOMOFO LETTER P BOPOMOFO LETTER M BOPOMOFO LETTER F BOPOMOFO LETTER D BOPOMOFO LETTER T BOPOMOFO LETTER N BOPOMOFO LETTER L BOPOMOFO LETTER G BOPOMOFO LETTER K BOPOMOFO LETTER H BOPOMOFO LETTER J BOPOMOFO LETTER Q BOPOMOFO LETTER X BOPOMOFO LETTER ZH BOPOMOFO LETTER CH BOPOMOFO LETTER SH BOPOMOFO LETTER R BOPOMOFO LETTER Z BOPOMOFO LETTER C BOPOMOFO LETTER S BOPOMOFO LETTER A BOPOMOFO LETTER O BOPOMOFO LETTER E BOPOMOFO LETTER EH BOPOMOFO LETTER AI BOPOMOFO LETTER EI BOPOMOFO LETTER AU BOPOMOFO LETTER OU BOPOMOFO LETTER AN BOPOMOFO LETTER EN BOPOMOFO LETTER ANG BOPOMOFO LETTER ENG BOPOMOFO LETTER ER BOPOMOFO LETTER I BOPOMOFO LETTER U BOPOMOFO LETTER IU PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH ONE PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TWO PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH THREE PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FOUR PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FIVE PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SIX PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SEVEN PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH EIGHT PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH NINE PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TEN PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH STOCK CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH CORRECT SQUARE MG SQUARE KG SQUARE MM SQUARE CM SQUARE KM SQUARE M SQUARED SQUARE CC SQUARE KM CAPITAL SQUARE LN SQUARE LOG SQUARE MIL CJK UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH EXTENSION A CJK UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH PRIVATE USE AREA 100-88002 Rev B E7C7-E7C8 E815-E864 F92C F979 F995 F9E7 F9F1 FA0C FA0D FA0E FA0F FA11 FA13 FA14 FA18 FA1F FA20 FA21 FA23 FA24 FA27 FA28 FA29 FE30 FE31 FE33 FE34 FE35 FE36 FE37 FE38 FE39 FE3A FE3B FE3C FE3D FE3E FE3F FE40 FE41 FE42 FE43 FE44 FE49 FE4A FE4B FE4C FE4D FE4E FE4F FE50 FE51 FE52 FE54 FE55 FE56 FE57 FE59 FE5A FE5B FE5C FE5D FE5E FE5F FE60 FE61 PRIVATE USE AREA PRIVATE USE AREA CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F92C CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F979 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F995 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F9E7 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F9F1 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0C CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0D CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0E CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0F CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA11 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA13 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA14 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA18 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA1F * CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA20 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA21 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA23 * CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA24 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA27 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA28 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA29 PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL TWO DOT LEADER PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL EM DASH PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LOW LINE PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL WAVY LOW LINE PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT PARENTHESIS PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT PARENTHESIS PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT CURLY BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT CURLY BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT ANGLE BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT CORNER BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT CORNER BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL RIGHT WHITE CORNER BRACKET DASHED OVERLINE CENTRELINE OVERLINE WAVY OVERLINE DOUBLE WAVY OVERLINE DASHED LOW LINE CENTRELINE LOW LINE WAVY LOW LINE SMALL COMMA SMALL IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA SMALL FULL STOP SMALL SEMICOLON SMALL COLON SMALL QUESTION MARK SMALL EXCLAMATION MARK SMALL LEFT PARENTHESIS SMALL RIGHT PARENTHESIS SMALL LEFT CURLY BRACKET SMALL RIGHT CURLY BRACKET SMALL LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET SMALL RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET SMALL NUMBER SIGN SMALL AMPERSAND SMALL ASTERISK Page 259 Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses FE62 FE63 FE64 FE65 FE66 FE68 FE69 FE6A FE6B FF01 FF02 FF03 FF04 FF05 FF06 FF07 FF08 FF09 FF0A FF0B FF0C FF0D FF0E FF0F FF10 FF11 FF12 FF13 FF14 FF15 FF16 FF17 FF18 FF19 FF1A FF1B FF1C FF1D FF1E FF1F FF20 FF21 FF22 FF23 FF24 FF25 FF26 FF27 FF28 FF29 FF2A FF2B FF2C FF2D FF2E Page 260 SMALL PLUS SIGN SMALL HYPHEN-MINUS SMALL LESS-THAN SIGN SMALL GREATER-THAN SIGN SMALL EQUALS SIGN SMALL REVERSE SOLIDUS SMALL DOLLAR SIGN SMALL PERCENT SIGN SMALL COMMERCIAL AT FULLWIDTH EXCLAMATION MARK FULLWIDTH QUOTATION MARK FULLWIDTH NUMBER SIGN FULLWIDTH DOLLAR SIGN FULLWIDTH PERCENT SIGN FULLWIDTH AMPERSAND FULLWIDTH APOSTROPHE FULLWIDTH LEFT PARENTHESIS FULLWIDTH RIGHT PARENTHESIS FULLWIDTH ASTERISK FULLWIDTH PLUS SIGN FULLWIDTH COMMA FULLWIDTH HYPHEN-MINUS FULLWIDTH FULL STOP FULLWIDTH SOLIDUS FULLWIDTH DIGIT ZERO FULLWIDTH DIGIT ONE FULLWIDTH DIGIT TWO FULLWIDTH DIGIT THREE FULLWIDTH DIGIT FOUR FULLWIDTH DIGIT FIVE FULLWIDTH DIGIT SIX FULLWIDTH DIGIT SEVEN FULLWIDTH DIGIT EIGHT FULLWIDTH DIGIT NINE FULLWIDTH COLON FULLWIDTH SEMICOLON FULLWIDTH LESS-THAN SIGN FULLWIDTH EQUALS SIGN FULLWIDTH GREATER-THAN SIGN FULLWIDTH QUESTION MARK FULLWIDTH COMMERCIAL AT FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N 100-88002 Rev B FF2F FF30 FF31 FF32 FF33 FF34 FF35 FF36 FF37 FF38 FF39 FF3A FF3B FF3C FF3D FF3E FF3F FF40 FF41 FF42 FF43 FF44 FF45 FF46 FF47 FF48 FF49 FF4A FF4B FF4C FF4D FF4E FF4F FF50 FF51 FF52 FF53 FF54 FF55 FF56 FF57 FF58 FF59 FF5A FF5B FF5C FF5D FF5E FFE0 FFE1 FFE2 FFE3 FFE4 FFE5 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z FULLWIDTH LEFT SQUARE BRACKET FULLWIDTH REVERSE SOLIDUS FULLWIDTH RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET FULLWIDTH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT FULLWIDTH LOW LINE FULLWIDTH GRAVE ACCENT FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER A FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER B FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER C FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER D FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER E FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER F FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER G FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER H FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER I FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER J FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER K FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER L FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER M FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER N FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER O FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER P FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Q FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER R FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER S FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER T FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER U FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER V FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER W FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER X FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Y FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Z FULLWIDTH LEFT CURLY BRACKET FULLWIDTH VERTICAL LINE FULLWIDTH RIGHT CURLY BRACKET FULLWIDTH TILDE FULLWIDTH CENT SIGN FULLWIDTH POUND SIGN FULLWIDTH NOT SIGN FULLWIDTH MACRON * FULLWIDTH BROKEN BAR FULLWIDTH YEN SIGN Appendix D: Windows 1252 Latin 1 Appendix D: Typical Code Page Definition Windows 1252 Latin 1 to Unicode translation ASCII 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 0x24 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x28 0x29 0x2A 0x2B 0x2C 0x2D 0x2E 0x2F 0x30 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 0x38 0x39 0x3A 0x3B 0x3C 0x3D 0x3E 0x3F 0x40 0x41 0x42 0x43 Unicode 0x0000 0x0001 0x0002 0x0003 0x0004 0x0005 0x0006 0x0007 0x0008 0x0009 0x000A 0x000B 0x000C 0x000D 0x000E 0x000F 0x0010 0x0011 0x0012 0x0013 0x0014 0x0015 0x0016 0x0017 0x0018 0x0019 0x001A 0x001B 0x001C 0x001D 0x001E 0x001F 0x0020 0x0021 0x0022 0x0023 0x0024 0x0025 0x0026 0x0027 0x0028 0x0029 0x002A 0x002B 0x002C 0x002D 0x002E 0x002F 0x0030 0x0031 0x0032 0x0033 0x0034 0x0035 0x0036 0x0037 0x0038 0x0039 0x003A 0x003B 0x003C 0x003D 0x003E 0x003F 0x0040 0x0041 0x0042 0x0043 Character NULL START OF HEADING START OF TEXT END OF TEXT END OF TRANSMISSION ENQUIRY ACKNOWLEDGE BELL BACKSPACE HORIZONTAL TABULATION LINE FEED VERTICAL TABULATION FORM FEED CARRIAGE RETURN SHIFT OUT SHIFT IN DATA LINK ESCAPE DEVICE CONTROL ONE DEVICE CONTROL TWO DEVICE CONTROL THREE DEVICE CONTROL FOUR NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE SYNCHRONOUS IDLE END OF TRANSMISSION BLOCK CANCEL END OF MEDIUM SUBSTITUTE ESCAPE FILE SEPARATOR GROUP SEPARATOR RECORD SEPARATOR UNIT SEPARATOR SPACE EXCLAMATION MARK QUOTATION MARK NUMBER SIGN DOLLAR SIGN PERCENT SIGN AMPERSAND APOSTROPHE LEFT PARENTHESIS RIGHT PARENTHESIS ASTERISK PLUS SIGN COMMA HYPHEN-MINUS FULL STOP SOLIDUS DIGIT ZERO DIGIT ONE DIGIT TWO DIGIT THREE DIGIT FOUR DIGIT FIVE DIGIT SIX DIGIT SEVEN DIGIT EIGHT DIGIT NINE COLON SEMICOLON LESS-THAN SIGN EQUALS SIGN GREATER-THAN SIGN QUESTION MARK COMMERCIAL AT LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 0x48 0x49 0x4A 0x4B 0x4C 0x4D 0x4E 0x4F 0x50 0x51 0x52 0x53 0x54 0x55 0x56 0x57 0x58 0x59 0x5A 0x5B 0x5C 0x5D 0x5E 0x5F 0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x64 0x65 0x66 0x67 0x68 0x69 0x6A 0x6B 0x6C 0x6D 0x6E 0x6F 0x70 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75 0x76 0x77 0x78 0x79 0x7A 0x7B 0x7C 0x7D 0x7E 0x7F 0x80 0x81 0x82 0x83 0x84 0x85 0x86 0x87 0x88 100-88002 Rev B 0x0044 0x0045 0x0046 0x0047 0x0048 0x0049 0x004A 0x004B 0x004C 0x004D 0x004E 0x004F 0x0050 0x0051 0x0052 0x0053 0x0054 0x0055 0x0056 0x0057 0x0058 0x0059 0x005A 0x005B 0x005C 0x005D 0x005E 0x005F 0x0060 0x0061 0x0062 0x0063 0x0064 0x0065 0x0066 0x0067 0x0068 0x0069 0x006A 0x006B 0x006C 0x006D 0x006E 0x006F 0x0070 0x0071 0x0072 0x0073 0x0074 0x0075 0x0076 0x0077 0x0078 0x0079 0x007A 0x007B 0x007C 0x007D 0x007E 0x007F 0x20AC 0x0000 0x201A 0x0192 0x201E 0x2026 0x2020 0x2021 0x02C6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z LEFT SQUARE BRACKET REVERSE SOLIDUS RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT LOW LINE GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER A LATIN SMALL LETTER B LATIN SMALL LETTER C LATIN SMALL LETTER D LATIN SMALL LETTER E LATIN SMALL LETTER F LATIN SMALL LETTER G LATIN SMALL LETTER H LATIN SMALL LETTER I LATIN SMALL LETTER J LATIN SMALL LETTER K LATIN SMALL LETTER L LATIN SMALL LETTER M LATIN SMALL LETTER N LATIN SMALL LETTER O LATIN SMALL LETTER P LATIN SMALL LETTER Q LATIN SMALL LETTER R LATIN SMALL LETTER S LATIN SMALL LETTER T LATIN SMALL LETTER U LATIN SMALL LETTER V LATIN SMALL LETTER W LATIN SMALL LETTER X LATIN SMALL LETTER Y LATIN SMALL LETTER Z LEFT CURLY BRACKET VERTICAL LINE RIGHT CURLY BRACKET TILDE DELETE EURO SIGN SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS DAGGER DOUBLE DAGGER MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT Page 261 Appendix D: Windows 1252 Latin 1 0x89 0x8A 0x8B 0x2030 0x0160 0x2039 0x8C 0x8D 0x8E 0x8F 0x90 0x91 0x92 0x93 0x94 0x95 0x96 0x97 0x98 0x99 0x9A 0x9B 0x0152 0x0000 0x017D 0x0000 0x0000 0x2018 0x2019 0x201C 0x201D 0x2022 0x2013 0x2014 0x02DC 0x2122 0x0161 0x203A 0x9C 0x9D 0x9E 0x9F 0x0153 0x0000 0x017E 0x0178 0xA0 0xA1 0xA2 0xA3 0xA4 0xA5 0xA6 0xA7 0xA8 0xA9 0xAA 0xAB 0x00A0 0x00A1 0x00A2 0x00A3 0x00A4 0x00A5 0x00A6 0x00A7 0x00A8 0x00A9 0x00AA 0x00AB 0xAC 0xAD 0xAE 0xAF 0xB0 0xB1 0xB2 0xB3 0xB4 0xB5 0xB6 0xB7 0xB8 0xB9 0xBA 0xBB 0x00AC 0x00AD 0x00AE 0x00AF 0x00B0 0x00B1 0x00B2 0x00B3 0x00B4 0x00B5 0x00B6 0x00B7 0x00B8 0x00B9 0x00BA 0x00BB 0xBC 0xBD 0xBE 0xBF 0xC0 0xC1 0xC2 0x00BC 0x00BD 0x00BE 0x00BF 0x00C0 0x00C1 0x00C2 0xC3 0xC4 0x00C3 0x00C4 0xC5 0x00C5 0xC6 0xC7 0xC8 0xC9 0xCA 0x00C6 0x00C7 0x00C8 0x00C9 0x00CA 0xCB 0x00CB Page 262 PER MILLE SIGN LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK BULLET EN DASH EM DASH SMALL TILDE TRADE MARK SIGN LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS NO-BREAK SPACE INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK CENT SIGN POUND SIGN CURRENCY SIGN YEN SIGN BROKEN BAR SECTION SIGN DIAERESIS COPYRIGHT SIGN FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK NOT SIGN SOFT HYPHEN REGISTERED SIGN MACRON DEGREE SIGN PLUS-MINUS SIGN SUPERSCRIPT TWO SUPERSCRIPT THREE ACUTE ACCENT MICRO SIGN PILCROW SIGN MIDDLE DOT CEDILLA SUPERSCRIPT ONE MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS INVERTED QUESTION MARK LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS 0xCC 0xCD 0xCE 0x00CC 0x00CD 0x00CE 0xCF 0xD0 0xD1 0xD2 0xD3 0xD4 0x00CF 0x00D0 0x00D1 0x00D2 0x00D3 0x00D4 0xD5 0xD6 0x00D5 0x00D6 0xD7 0xD8 0xD9 0xDA 0xDB 0x00D7 0x00D8 0x00D9 0x00DA 0x00DB 0xDC 0x00DC 0xDD 0xDE 0xDF 0xE0 0xE1 0xE2 0x00DD 0x00DE 0x00DF 0x00E0 0x00E1 0x00E2 0xE3 0xE4 0xE5 0x00E3 0x00E4 0x00E5 0xE6 0xE7 0xE8 0xE9 0xEA 0x00E6 0x00E7 0x00E8 0x00E9 0x00EA 0xEB 0xEC 0xED 0xEE 0xEF 0xF0 0xF1 0xF2 0xF3 0xF4 0x00EB 0x00EC 0x00ED 0x00EE 0x00EF 0x00F0 0x00F1 0x00F2 0x00F3 0x00F4 0xF5 0xF6 0xF7 0xF8 0xF9 0xFA 0xFB 0x00F5 0x00F6 0x00F7 0x00F8 0x00F9 0x00FA 0x00FB 0xFC 0xFD 0xFE 0xFF 0x00FC 0x00FD 0x00FE 0x00FF 100-88002 Rev B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS MULTIPLICATION SIGN LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE LATIN SMALL LETTER AE LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS DIVISION SIGN LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS Appendix E: Internal Code Page Definitions Appendix E: Internal Code Pages Code Page Country Code/Language Set 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 437 737 850 852 855 857 858 866 1004 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1257 28591 28592 28593 28594 28595 28597 28599 28605 USA (Slashed 0) USA (Unslashed 0) British German French Swedish I Danish Norwegian Dutch Italian French Canadian Spanish Swedish II Swedish III Swedish IV Turkish Swiss I Swiss II USA Greek Multilingual East Europe Latin II-852 Cyrillic I-855 Turkey 857 Multilingual Euro Cyrillic II-866 IS08859 Windows 1250 Central Europe Windows 1251 Cyrillic Windows 1252 Latin 1 Windows 1253 Greek Windows 1254 Turkish Windows 1257 Baltic ISO8859-1 Latin 1 ISO8859-2 Latin 2 ISO8859-3 Latin 3 ISO8859-4 Baltic 4 ISO8859-5 Cyrillic ISO8859-7 Greek ISO8859-9 Turkish ISO8859-15 Latin 9 Decimal 0,64 0,65 0,66 0,67 0,68 0,69 0,70 0,71 0,72 0,73 0,74 0,75 0,76 0,77 0,78 0,79 0,80 0,81 1,181 2,225 3,82 3,84 3,87 3,89 3,90 3,98 3,236 4,226 4,227 4,228 4,229 4,230 4,233 111,175 111,176 111,177 111,178 111,179 111,181 111,183 111,189 Hex 0H,040H 0H,041H 0H,042H 0H,043H 0H,044H 0H,045H 0H,046H 0H,047H 0H,048H 0H,049H 0H,04AH 0H,04BH 0H,04CH 0H,04DH 0H,04EH 0H,04FH 0H,050H 0H,051H 1H,0B5H 2H,0E1H 3H,052H 3H,054H 3H,057H 3H,059H 3H,05AH 3H,062H 3H,0ECH 4H,0E2H 4H,0E3H 4H,0E4H 4H,0E5H 4H,0E6H 4H,0E9H 6FH,AFH 6FH,B0H 6FH,B1H 6FH,B2H 6FH,B3H 6FH,B5H 6FH,B7H 6FH,BDH Note: The [ESC]! Select international character set command uses Code Pages 64-81 and represent old DOS code page maps. They are provided to support of legacy applications. They are not recommended for new applications. 100-88002 Rev B Page 263 Appendix F: ASCII Code Table Appendix F: ASCII Code Table Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII 32 (SP) 40 64 @ 60 96 ` 00 0 NULL 20 01 1 SOH 21 33 ! 41 65 A 61 97 a 34 " 42 66 B 62 98 b 35 # 43 67 C 63 99 c 02 2 STX 22 03 3 ETX 23 04 4 EOT 24 36 $ 44 68 D 64 100 d 37 % 45 69 E 65 101 e 05 5 ENQ 25 06 6 ACK 26 38 & 46 70 F 66 102 f 39 ' 47 71 G 67 103 g 40 ( 48 72 H 68 104 h 07 7 BEL 27 08 8 BS 28 09 9 HT 29 41 ) 49 73 I 69 105 i 2A 42 * 4A 74 J 6A 106 j 0A 10 LF 0B 11 VT 2B 43 + 4B 75 K 6B 107 k 44 , 4C 76 L 6C 108 l - 4D 77 M 6D 109 m 0C 12 FF 2C 0D 13 CR 2D 45 0E 14 SO 2E 46 . 4E 78 N 6E 110 n 47 / 4F 79 O 6F 111 o 80 P 70 112 p 0F 15 SI 2F 10 16 DLE 30 48 0 50 11 17 DC1 31 49 1 51 81 Q 71 113 q 12 18 DC2 32 50 2 52 82 R 72 114 r 13 19 DC3 33 51 3 53 83 S 73 115 s 52 4 54 84 T 74 116 t 85 U 75 117 u 14 20 DC4 34 15 21 NAK 35 53 5 55 16 22 SYN 36 54 6 56 86 V 76 118 v 55 7 57 87 W 77 119 w 17 23 ETB 37 18 24 CAN 38 56 8 58 88 X 78 120 x 57 9 59 89 Y 79 121 y 58 : 5A 90 Z 7A 122 z 19 25 EM 39 1A 26 SUB 3A 1B 27 ESC 3B 59 ; 5B 91 [ 7B 123 { 60 < 5C 92 \ 7C 124 | 1C 28 FS 3C 1D 29 GS 3D 61 = 5D 93 ] 7D 125 } 62 > 5E 94 ^ 7E 126 ~ 63 ? 5F 95 _ 7F 127 (sp) 1E 30 RS 3E 1F 31 US 3F 100-88002 Rev B Page 265 Appendix G: Ordering Supplies Appendix G: Ordering Supplies TransAct® supplies, cables and drivers can be ordered easily direct from the TransAct website (www.transact-tech.com) or our telephone number within the US toll free: (877) 7TransAct. (other inquires: (607) 257-8901). When calling by phone, please ask for the Sales Department. Page 266 100-88002 Rev B Index Index [ [BEL] Audio alert, 155 [BS] Insert back space, 77 [CAN] Clear print buffer, 154 [CR] Set carriage return, 76 [DC2] Begin 10 cpi, 90 [DC4] End one-line double-wide print, 100 [ENQ] <10> Request printer reset, 164 [ENQ] <11> Request printer power cycle status, 165 [ENQ] <14> Inquire mechanical error status, 165 [ENQ] <15> Inquire printer state, 166 [ENQ] <20> Inquire all printer status, 166 [ENQ] <21> Inquire printer ID, 168 [ENQ] <22> Inquire Error Status, 169 [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 172, 173 [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 170, 171, 172 [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 174 [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 235 [ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 236 [ENQ] <3> Inquire receipt paper low status, 163 [ENQ] <4> Inquire receipt paper out status, 164 [ENQ] <8> Inquire cover open status, 164 [ENQ] <9> Inquire buffer status, 164 [ENQ] Inquire printer status, 163 [ESC] - <1> Begin underline, 101, 103 [ESC] ! Select international character set, 81, 88, 89, 97, 98, 152, 153, 189, 206, 207, 208, 209, 213, 214, 215, 216, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226 [ESC] # <0> Begin 12 x 12 draft print, 93 [ESC] % G Begin italics, 105 [ESC] % H End italics, 105 [ESC] * <0> <0> Set horizontal graphics mode, 119, 121 [ESC] * Print graphics in mode , 116 [ESC] ? Reassign graphic mode, 116 [ESC] @ Initialize the printer, 155 [ESC] [ @ ... Double-wide, double-high italics, 102 [ESC] [ C Insert Euro character, 98 [ESC] [ P Set character pitch, 91, 216 [ESC] [ T Select character code page, 97 [ESC] [EM] B Set bar code height, 139, 140 [ESC] [EM] J Set bar code justification and HRI modes, 140 [ESC] [SI] Begin 24 cpi, 90 [ESC] [US] 1 <0> Load item process, 124 [ESC] [US] b <0> Begin named macro record, 123, 125, 177, 178 [ESC] [US] d <0> Delete item from user store, 127 [ESC] [US] e <0> End name macro record, 125 [ESC] [US] e <0> Remove item from user store, 124 [ESC] [US] e <0> Stop name macro record, 123 [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> Flush user store, 124 [ESC] [US] l <0> Load macro/character, 126 [ESC] [US] m <0> Save macro data, 125 [ESC] [US] m Save macro data, 123 [ESC] [US] q <0> Query user store, 127 [ESC] [US] r <0> Run macro data, 126 [ESC] [US] s <0> Flag as a start-up macro, 124 [ESC] [US] s <0> Flag start-up macro, 126 [ESC] ^ Print control character, 99 [ESC] { Electronic Journal Begin, 150 [ESC] Set horizontal position, 78 [ESC] 0 Set line spacing to 27/216 inch, 79 [ESC] 1 Set line spacing to 7/72 inch, 80 [ESC] 2 Enable variable line spacing, 80 [ESC] 3 Set line spacing to n/216 inch, 79 [ESC] 4 Set top of form, 84 [ESC] 5 <01> Begin auto line feed, 85 [ESC] a Set justification, 78 [ESC] A Set variable line spacing to n/72 inch, 80 [ESC] b ... Print bar code, 131, 138, 176 [ESC] B 0 Set vertical tab stops, 83 [ESC] Begin 12 cpi, 90 [ESC] C [NUL] Set form length in inches, 84 [ESC] c Select color, 100 [ESC] C Set form length in lines, 84 [ESC] d Feed lines at current spacing, 82 [ESC] D 0 Set horizontal tab stops, 77 [ESC] E Begin emphasized print, 104 [ESC] F End emphasized print, 104 [ESC] f Select receipt station, 107, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114 [ESC] g <0> Process user macro, 129 [ESC] g <1> Start macro record, 129 [ESC] g <2> Stop macro record, 129 [ESC] g <3> Stop macro record and save, 129 [ESC] G Begin enhanced print, 103 [ESC] h Process color graphics, 118 [ESC] h Process horizontal graphics, 118 [ESC] H End enhanced print, 103 [ESC] I Set print quality mode, 93 [ESC] J Fine line feed, 79 [ESC] J Fine linefeed, 142, 143, 144, 145 [ESC] K Print single-density graphics, 115 [ESC] L Print half-speed double-density graphics, 115 [ESC] l Electronic Journal Carbon Copy, 151 [ESC] p 3 Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals, 156 [ESC] p 4 Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing, 156 [ESC] q Query marker, 155, 157 [ESC] R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops, 78, 83 [ESC] S <0> Select superscript, 104 [ESC] S <1> Select subscript, 104 [ESC] T End superscript or subscript, 105 100-88002 Rev B Page 267 Index [ESC] U <0> Begin bi-directional print, 117 [ESC] U <1> Begin unidirectional print, 117 [ESC] V Set intercharacter spacing, 92 [ESC] W Double-wide, double-high mode, 101, 208 [ESC] X Set left/right print margin, 154 [ESC] y Set feature control, 158 [ESC] Y Print full-speed double-density graphics, 116 [ESC] Z Print quad-density graphics, 116 [FF] Set form feed, 83, 86 [HT] Set horizontal tab, 77 [LF] Set line feed, 76 [SI] Begin 17 cpi, 90 [SO] Begin one-line double-wide print, 100 [VT] Set vertical tab, 82 1 10 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90 12 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90 12 x 12 Draft Print Mode, Beginning, 93 17 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90 Code Page Definitions, 263 Commands, User-store, 125, 178 Communication Features, 233 Communications Interface, 19 Configuration Remote, 40 Configuration Control, Extending, 159, 161, 234 Configuration Mode Overview, 39 Contact Information, 7 Control Character, Printing, 99 Control Codes Overview, 67 Control Codes and Commands, 68 Control Feature, Setting, 158 Cover Open Status, Inquire, 164 D Disassembly, 65 Double Density Graphics, Full-Speed Printing, 116 Double Density Graphics, Half-Speed Printing, 115 2 E 24 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90 A APA Graphics, Printing, 116 Appendix A Ordering Supplies, 266 Application Development, 68 Assembly, 65 Auto cut, Performing, 155 Auto Error Recovery, 32 Auto Line Feed, Beginning, 85 B Back Space, 77 Bar Code, Print, 131, 138, 176 Bar Code, Set height, 139, 140 Bar Code, Set Justification, Print Direction, 140 Bar Codes, 131 Begin Italics, 105 Bezel Mounting Points, 46 Bi-directional Printing, Beginning, 117 Boot Loader Mode, 30 C Carriage Return, 76 Change User Store Terminator, 128 Character attributes, 100 Character Code Page, Setting, 97 Character Pitch, Setting, 91, 216 Page 268 Emphasized Print Mode, Beginning, 104 Emphasized Print Mode, Ending, 104 End Italics, 105 Enhanced Print Mode, Ending, 103 Enhanced print, Beginning, 103 Entering Configuration Mode, 39 EPOS Emulation, 68 Error Status, Inquire, 169 Euro Character, Inserting, 98 Extended APA Graphics, 116 F Form Feed, 83, 86 Form Length, Setting Inches, 84 Form Length, Setting Lines, 84 Forming characters, 193 G Graphic Mode, 115 Graphic Data, Processing, 118 Graphic Mode, Reassigning, 116 Graphic mode, Set Horizontal, 119, 121 Graphic save, 122 Graphics all-points-addressable (APA), 182 Character, 181 color, 118 horizontal, 118 Horizontal, 182 100-88002 Rev B Index Operational Procedures, 25 Output Paper end Signals, Selecting Paper Sensors, 156 Overview, 3 printing, 181 H Horizontal Motion Control, 77 Horizontal Position, Setting, 78 Horizontal Tab, 77 Horizontal tab Stops, Setting, 77 P I IEEE 1284 buffer, Clearing, 164 Indicator Lights, 25 Initialize the Printer, 155 Inquire Commands, 163 Intercharacter Spacing, Setting, 92 International Character Set, Selecting, 81, 88, 89, 97, 98, 152, 153, 189, 206, 207, 208, 209, 213, 214, 215, 216, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226 IPCL Codes, 68 J Justification, Setting, 78 L Level 0 diagnostics, 30 Line feed, 76 Line Feed, Performing, 79 Line Spacing, Enabling, 80 Line Spacing, Feeding Lines, 82 Line Spacing, Set at 2 ½, 16-inch and 7/72 inch, 80 Line Spacing, Set-1/8 inch, 79 Line Spacing, Set-n/216 inch, 79 Line Spacing-Variable, Setting, 80 Paper Motion, 76 Paper Out Status, Inquire, 164 Paper Sensors, Selecting to Stop Printing, 156 PcOS Control Codes, 68 PcOS Quick Reference Chart, 70 Power Control, Remote, 160 Power Cycle Status, Inquire, 165 Power-cycle recovery, 233 Print buffer, control, 154 Print Current Configuration, 231 Print Current totals, 231 Print margins, setting, 154 Print Quality Mode, Setting, 93 Print Style, Setting, 102 Printer Paper Roll Specifications, 18 Printing Specifications, 18 Printer Block Diagram, 63 Printer Care, 25 Printer ID, Inquire, 168 Printer Reset, Requesting, 164 Printer Sensors, 55 Printer State, Inquire, 166 Printer Status, 162 Printer Status LED, 31 Printer Status, Inquire, 163, 166 Process User Macro, 129 Programmer’s Notes, 241 Programming Considerations, 122 Q M Machanical Error Status, Inquire, 165 Macro Data, Run from user Store, 126 Macro Data, Saving, 123 Macro Data, Saving in user Store, 125 Macro Record, Beginning, 123 Macro Record, Ending, 125 Macro Record, Ending name, 123 Macro Record, Start, 129 Macro Record, Starting, 125, 177, 178 Macro Record, Stop, 129 Macro Record, Stop and Save, 129 Macro, Flag on Startup, 126 Multiline Mode, 101, 208 O Off-line active, 233 One Line/Double Wide Print, Beginning, 100 One Line/Double Wide Print, Canceling, 100 Quad Density Graphics, Printing, 116 Query marker, 155, 157 R Read and return Totals, 229 Recovery form Mechanical Errors, 237 Regulatory Compliance, iii Remote Power Control, 160 Remote Reset, 232 Return Materials Authorization, 6 S Select Color, 100 Select Subscript, 104 Select Superscript, 104 Self-Test Using, 28 Sensors 100-88002 Rev B Page 269 Index Anti-Jam, 56 Paper Low, 55 Ticket Low, 55 Ticket Taken, 56, 57 Top of Form, 55 Top-of-Form, 55 Serial Communications PCB, 19, 61 Single Density Graphics, Printing, 115 Specifications, 18 Paper Roll, 18 Power Requirements, 15 Printing, 18 Radiated Emissions, 17 Reliability, 14 Specifications and Requirements, 11 Standard APA Graphics, 115 Standard Emulation, 68 Start up Macro, Flagging, 124 Status Inquire, 162 Status, Inquire Receipt Paper Low, 163 Superscript and Subscript, 105 T Technical Support, 5 Testing the Printer, 29 Top of Form, Setting, 84 U Underline, Beginning, 101, 103 Unidirectional Printing, Beginning, 117 User macros, 129 User store, 122 User Store Status, Inquire, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 235, 236 User Store, Delete item, 127 User Store, Flush Information, 124 User Store, Load item, 126 User Store, Loading item, 124 User Store, Removing Item, 124 User Store, Report, 127 User Store, Reporting, 124 V Vertical Tab, 82 Vertical Tab Stops, Setting, 83 Tab Stops, Resetting, 78, 83 Page 270 100-88002 Rev B


Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : quaifr
Title                           : Microsoft Word - 100-88002 INSERT-EPIC 880 OEM INTEGRATION MANUAL.doc
Create Date                     : 2009:02:11 15:12:56-05:00
Creator Tool                    : PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2
Modify Date                     : 2009:02:11 15:12:56-05:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Document ID                     : uuid:64268a44-abfc-4863-93a0-db3e3cb441c0
Instance ID                     : uuid:dd8d9d40-50ba-4e3a-9819-b2cef0e6800e
Page Count                      : 282
Author                          : quaifr
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu